Change version number to 2.38.50 and regenerate files
[binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bool map_head_is_link_order = false;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bool map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
73 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
74 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
75 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
76 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
77
78 /* Forward declarations. */
79 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
80 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
81 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
82 static bool sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
83 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
84 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
85 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
86 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
87 static void print_statements (void);
88 static void print_input_section (asection *, bool);
89 static bool lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
91 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
92 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
93 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
94 static void lang_do_memory_regions (bool);
95
96 /* Exported variables. */
97 const char *output_target;
98 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
99 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
100 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
101 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
102 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
103 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
104 lang_statement_union). */
105 lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 static const char *current_input_file;
121 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
122 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
123 const char *entry_section = ".text";
124 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
125 bool entry_from_cmdline;
126 bool lang_has_input_file = false;
127 bool had_output_filename = false;
128 bool lang_float_flag = false;
129 bool delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
130 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
131 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
132 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
133 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
134 static ctf_dict_t *ctf_output;
135 #endif
136
137 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
138 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
139 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
142 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
143
144 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
145 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
146 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
147 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
148 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
149 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
150
151 #define new_stat(x, y) \
152 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
153
154 #define outside_section_address(q) \
155 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
156
157 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
158 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
159
160 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
161 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
162 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
163 overhead if they want to. */
164 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
165
166 void *
167 stat_alloc (size_t size)
168 {
169 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
170 }
171
172 static int
173 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
174 {
175 if (wildcardp (pattern))
176 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
177 return strcmp (pattern, name);
178 }
179
180 static char *
181 ldirname (const char *name)
182 {
183 const char *base = lbasename (name);
184 char *dirname;
185
186 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
187 --base;
188 if (base == name)
189 return strdup (".");
190 dirname = strdup (name);
191 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
192 return dirname;
193 }
194
195 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
196 separator. If not, return NULL. */
197
198 static char *
199 archive_path (const char *pattern)
200 {
201 char *p = NULL;
202
203 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
204 return p;
205
206 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
207 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
208 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
209 return p;
210
211 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
212 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
213 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
214 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
215 #endif
216 return p;
217 }
218
219 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
220 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
221
222 static bool
223 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
224 lang_input_statement_type *f)
225 {
226 bool match = false;
227
228 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
229 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
230 && ((sep != file_spec)
231 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
232 {
233 match = true;
234
235 if (sep != file_spec)
236 {
237 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
238 *sep = 0;
239 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
240 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
241 }
242 }
243 return match;
244 }
245
246 static bool
247 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
248 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
249 {
250 struct unique_sections *unam;
251 const char *secnam;
252
253 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
254 && sec->owner != NULL
255 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
256 return !(os != NULL
257 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
258
259 secnam = sec->name;
260 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
261 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
262 return true;
263
264 return false;
265 }
266
267 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
268
269 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
270 false. */
271
272 static bool
273 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
274 lang_input_statement_type *file)
275 {
276 struct name_list *list_tmp;
277
278 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
279 list_tmp;
280 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
281 {
282 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
283
284 if (p != NULL)
285 {
286 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
287 return true;
288 }
289
290 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
291 return true;
292
293 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
294 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
295 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
296 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
297 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
298 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
299 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
300 return true;
301 }
302
303 return false;
304 }
305
306 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
307 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
308 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
309 function is very fast. */
310
311 static void
312 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
313 lang_input_statement_type *file,
314 asection *s,
315 struct wildcard_list *sec,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
320 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
321 return;
322
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
324 }
325
326 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
327 but slowly. */
328
329 static void
330 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
331 lang_input_statement_type *file,
332 callback_t callback,
333 void *data)
334 {
335 asection *s;
336 struct wildcard_list *sec;
337
338 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
339 {
340 sec = ptr->section_list;
341 if (sec == NULL)
342 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
343
344 while (sec != NULL)
345 {
346 bool skip = false;
347
348 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
349 {
350 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
351
352 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
353 }
354
355 if (!skip)
356 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
357
358 sec = sec->next;
359 }
360 }
361 }
362
363 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
364 than one section with that name, we report that. */
365
366 typedef struct
367 {
368 asection *found_section;
369 bool multiple_sections_found;
370 } section_iterator_callback_data;
371
372 static bool
373 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
374 {
375 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
376
377 if (d->found_section != NULL)
378 {
379 d->multiple_sections_found = true;
380 return true;
381 }
382
383 d->found_section = s;
384 return false;
385 }
386
387 static asection *
388 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
389 struct wildcard_list *sec,
390 bool *multiple_sections_found)
391 {
392 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, false };
393
394 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
395 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
396 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
397 return cb_data.found_section;
398 }
399
400 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
401 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
402
403 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
404 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
405
406 static bool
407 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
408 {
409 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
410 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
411 }
412
413 static bool
414 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
415 {
416 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
417 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
418 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
419 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
420 return false;
421
422 pattern += 4;
423 name += 4;
424 while (*pattern != '*')
425 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
426 return false;
427
428 return true;
429 }
430
431 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
432 section name NAME. */
433
434 static int
435 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
436 {
437 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
438 const char *dot;
439
440 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
441 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
442 lower value means a higher priority.
443
444 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
445 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
446 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
447 .fini_array is backward.
448 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
449 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
450 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
451 is forward.
452
453 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
454 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
455 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
456 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
457 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
458 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
459 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
460 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
461 attribute and sort on that. */
462 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
463 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
464 {
465 char *end;
466 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
467 if (*end == 0)
468 {
469 if (dot == name + 6
470 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
471 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
472 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
473 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
474 return init_priority;
475 }
476 }
477 return -1;
478 }
479
480 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
481
482 static int
483 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
484 {
485 int ret;
486 int a_priority, b_priority;
487
488 switch (sort)
489 {
490 default:
491 abort ();
492
493 case by_init_priority:
494 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
495 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
496 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
497 goto sort_by_name;
498 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
499 if (ret)
500 break;
501 else
502 goto sort_by_name;
503
504 case by_alignment_name:
505 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
506 if (ret)
507 break;
508 /* Fall through. */
509
510 case by_name:
511 sort_by_name:
512 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
513 break;
514
515 case by_name_alignment:
516 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
517 if (ret)
518 break;
519 /* Fall through. */
520
521 case by_alignment:
522 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
523 break;
524 }
525
526 return ret;
527 }
528
529 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
530 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
531 of sections are large. */
532
533 static lang_section_bst_type **
534 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
535 struct wildcard_list *sec,
536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 asection *section)
538 {
539 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
540
541 tree = &wild->tree;
542 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
543 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
544 {
545 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
546 while (*tree)
547 tree = &((*tree)->right);
548 return tree;
549 }
550
551 while (*tree)
552 {
553 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
554 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
555 tree = &((*tree)->left);
556 else
557 tree = &((*tree)->right);
558 }
559
560 return tree;
561 }
562
563 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
564
565 static void
566 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
568 asection *section,
569 lang_input_statement_type *file,
570 void *output)
571 {
572 lang_section_bst_type *node;
573 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
574 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
575
576 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
577
578 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
579 return;
580
581 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
582 node->left = 0;
583 node->right = 0;
584 node->section = section;
585 node->pattern = ptr->section_list;
586
587 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
588 if (tree != NULL)
589 *tree = node;
590 }
591
592 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
593
594 static void
595 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
597 void *output)
598 {
599 if (tree->left)
600 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
601
602 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, tree->pattern, NULL,
603 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
604
605 if (tree->right)
606 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
607
608 free (tree);
609 }
610
611 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
612 wildcards */
613
614 static void
615 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
616 lang_input_statement_type *file,
617 callback_t callback,
618 void *data)
619 {
620 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
621 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
622 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
623 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
624 get processed in the bfd's order. */
625 bool multiple_sections_found;
626 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
628
629 if (multiple_sections_found)
630 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
631 else if (s0)
632 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643
644 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
645 {
646 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
647 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
648
649 if (!skip)
650 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
651 }
652 }
653
654 static void
655 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
656 lang_input_statement_type *file,
657 callback_t callback,
658 void *data)
659 {
660 asection *s;
661 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
662 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
663 bool multiple_sections_found;
664 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
665
666 if (multiple_sections_found)
667 {
668 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
669 return;
670 }
671
672 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
673 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
674 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
675 {
676 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
677 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
678 wildspec1. */
679 if (s == s0)
680 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
681 else
682 {
683 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
684 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
685
686 if (!skip)
687 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
688 data);
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 static void
694 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
695 lang_input_statement_type *file,
696 callback_t callback,
697 void *data)
698 {
699 asection *s;
700 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
701 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
702 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
703 bool multiple_sections_found;
704 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
705
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 {
718 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
719 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
720
721 if (!skip)
722 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
723 else
724 {
725 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
726 if (!skip)
727 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
728 data);
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733
734 static void
735 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
736 lang_input_statement_type *file,
737 callback_t callback,
738 void *data)
739 {
740 asection *s;
741 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
742 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
743 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
744 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
745 bool multiple_sections_found;
746 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
747
748 if (multiple_sections_found)
749 {
750 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
751 return;
752 }
753
754 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
755 if (multiple_sections_found)
756 {
757 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
758 return;
759 }
760
761 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
762 {
763 if (s == s0)
764 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
765 else
766 if (s == s1)
767 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
768 else
769 {
770 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
771 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
772
773 if (!skip)
774 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
775 data);
776 else
777 {
778 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
779 if (!skip)
780 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
781 callback, data);
782 }
783 }
784 }
785 }
786
787 static void
788 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
789 lang_input_statement_type *file,
790 callback_t callback,
791 void *data)
792 {
793 if (file->flags.just_syms)
794 return;
795
796 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
797 }
798
799 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
800 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
801 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
802 first wildcard character. */
803
804 static bool
805 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
806 {
807 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
808 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
809 size_t min_prefix_len;
810
811 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
812 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
813 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
814 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
815 prefix1_len++;
816 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
817 prefix2_len++;
818
819 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
820
821 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
822 }
823
824 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
825 statements. */
826
827 static void
828 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
829 {
830 int sec_count = 0;
831 int wild_name_count = 0;
832 struct wildcard_list *sec;
833 int signature;
834 int data_counter;
835
836 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
837 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
838 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
839 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
840 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
841 ptr->tree = NULL;
842
843 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
844 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
845 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
846 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
847 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
848 ending in a single '*'. */
849 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
850 {
851 ++sec_count;
852 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
853 return;
854 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
855 {
856 ++wild_name_count;
857 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
858 return;
859 }
860 }
861
862 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
863 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
864 happen in practice. */
865 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
866 return;
867
868 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
869 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
870 {
871 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
872 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
873 {
874 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
875 return;
876 }
877 }
878
879 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
880 switch (signature)
881 {
882 case 0x0100:
883 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
884 break;
885 case 0x0101:
886 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
887 break;
888 case 0x0201:
889 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
890 break;
891 case 0x0302:
892 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
893 break;
894 case 0x0402:
895 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
896 break;
897 default:
898 return;
899 }
900
901 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
902 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
903 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
904 given order, because we've already determined that no section
905 will match more than one spec. */
906 data_counter = 0;
907 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
908 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
909 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
910 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
911 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
912 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
913 }
914
915 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
916
917 static void
918 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
919 lang_input_statement_type *f,
920 callback_t callback,
921 void *data)
922 {
923 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
924 return;
925
926 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
927 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
928 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
929 else
930 {
931 bfd *member;
932
933 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
934 archive separately. */
935 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
936 while (member != NULL)
937 {
938 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
939 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
940 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
941 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
942 lang_input_statement. */
943 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
944 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
945
946 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
947 }
948 }
949 }
950
951 static void
952 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
953 {
954 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
955 char *p;
956
957 if (file_spec == NULL)
958 {
959 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
960 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
961 {
962 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
963 }
964 }
965 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
966 {
967 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
968 {
969 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
970 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
971 }
972 }
973 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
974 {
975 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
976 {
977 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
978 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
979 }
980 }
981 else
982 {
983 lang_input_statement_type *f;
984
985 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
986 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
987 if (f)
988 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
989 }
990 }
991
992 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
993 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
994 with constraint set to -1. */
995
996 void
997 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
998 lang_statement_union_type *s)
999 {
1000 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1001 {
1002 func (s);
1003
1004 switch (s->header.type)
1005 {
1006 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1007 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1008 break;
1009 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1010 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1011 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1012 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1013 break;
1014 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1015 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1016 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1017 break;
1018 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1019 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1020 s->group_statement.children.head);
1021 break;
1022 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1023 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1024 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1025 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1026 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1027 case lang_input_section_enum:
1028 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1029 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1030 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1031 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1032 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1033 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1034 break;
1035 default:
1036 FAIL ();
1037 break;
1038 }
1039 }
1040 }
1041
1042 void
1043 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1044 {
1045 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1046 }
1047
1048 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1049
1050 void
1051 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 list->head = NULL;
1054 list->tail = &list->head;
1055 }
1056
1057 static void
1058 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1059 void *element,
1060 void *field)
1061 {
1062 *(list->tail) = element;
1063 list->tail = field;
1064 }
1065
1066 void
1067 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1068 {
1069 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1070 abort ();
1071 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1072 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1073 }
1074
1075 void
1076 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1077 {
1078 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1079 abort ();
1080 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1084
1085 static lang_statement_union_type *
1086 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1087 size_t size,
1088 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1089 {
1090 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1091
1092 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1093 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1094 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1095 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1096 return new_stmt;
1097 }
1098
1099 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1100 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1101 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1102
1103 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1104 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1105 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1106 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1107
1108 static lang_input_statement_type *
1109 new_afile (const char *name,
1110 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1111 const char *target,
1112 const char *from_filename)
1113 {
1114 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1115
1116 lang_has_input_file = true;
1117
1118 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1119 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1120 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1121 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1122 p->target = target;
1123 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1124 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1125 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1126 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1127 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1128
1129 switch (file_type)
1130 {
1131 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1132 p->filename = name;
1133 p->local_sym_name = name;
1134 p->flags.real = true;
1135 p->flags.just_syms = true;
1136 break;
1137 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1138 p->filename = name;
1139 p->local_sym_name = name;
1140 break;
1141 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1142 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1143 {
1144 p->filename = name + 1;
1145 p->flags.full_name_provided = true;
1146 }
1147 else
1148 p->filename = name;
1149 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1150 p->flags.maybe_archive = true;
1151 p->flags.real = true;
1152 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1153 break;
1154 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1155 p->filename = name;
1156 p->local_sym_name = name;
1157 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1158 break;
1159 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1160 p->filename = name;
1161 p->local_sym_name = name;
1162 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1163 script first. */
1164 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1165 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1166 p->flags.real = true;
1167 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1168 break;
1169 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1170 p->filename = name;
1171 p->local_sym_name = name;
1172 p->flags.real = true;
1173 break;
1174 default:
1175 FAIL ();
1176 }
1177
1178 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1179 return p;
1180 }
1181
1182 lang_input_statement_type *
1183 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1184 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1185 const char *target)
1186 {
1187 if (name != NULL
1188 && (*name == '=' || startswith (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1189 {
1190 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1191 char *sysrooted_name
1192 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1193 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1194 (const char *) NULL);
1195
1196 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1197 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1198 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1199 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1200 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1201 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1202 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1203 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1204 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1205 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1206 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1207 return ret;
1208 }
1209
1210 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1211 }
1212
1213 struct out_section_hash_entry
1214 {
1215 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1216 lang_statement_union_type s;
1217 };
1218
1219 /* The hash table. */
1220
1221 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1222
1223 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1224 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1225
1226 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1227 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1228 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1229 const char *string)
1230 {
1231 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1232 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1233
1234 if (entry == NULL)
1235 {
1236 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1237 sizeof (*ret));
1238 if (entry == NULL)
1239 return entry;
1240 }
1241
1242 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1243 if (entry == NULL)
1244 return entry;
1245
1246 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1247 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1248 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1249 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1250 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1251 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1252 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1253 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1254
1255 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1256 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1257 field of the last element of the list. */
1258 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1259 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1260 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1261 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1262 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1263
1264 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1265 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1266 instead. */
1267 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1268 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1269 return &ret->root;
1270 }
1271
1272 static void
1273 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1274 {
1275 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1276 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1277 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1278 61))
1279 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1280 }
1281
1282 static void
1283 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1284 {
1285 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1289
1290 void
1291 lang_init (void)
1292 {
1293 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1294
1295 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1296
1297 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1298
1299 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1300
1301 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1302 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1303 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1304 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1305 NULL);
1306 abs_output_section =
1307 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
1308
1309 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1310
1311 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1312 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1313 }
1314
1315 void
1316 lang_finish (void)
1317 {
1318 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1319 }
1320
1321 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1322 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1323 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1324 syntax.
1325
1326 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1327
1328 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1329 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1330
1331 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1332 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1333 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1334 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1335 and so we issue a warning.
1336
1337 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1338 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1339 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1340 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1341 region. */
1342
1343 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1344 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1345 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1346
1347 lang_memory_region_type *
1348 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bool create)
1349 {
1350 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1351 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1352 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1353
1354 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1355 if (name == NULL)
1356 return NULL;
1357
1358 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1359 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1360 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1361 {
1362 if (create)
1363 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1364 NULL, name);
1365 return r;
1366 }
1367
1368 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1369 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1370 NULL, name);
1371
1372 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1373
1374 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1375 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1376 new_region->next = NULL;
1377 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1378 new_region->origin = 0;
1379 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1380 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1381 new_region->current = 0;
1382 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1383 new_region->flags = 0;
1384 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1385 new_region->had_full_message = false;
1386
1387 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1388 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1389
1390 return new_region;
1391 }
1392
1393 void
1394 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1395 {
1396 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1397 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1398 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1399
1400 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1401 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1402 the default memory region. */
1403 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1404 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1405 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1406
1407 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1408 in use. */
1409 region = NULL;
1410 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1411 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1412 {
1413 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1414 region = r;
1415 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1416 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1417 "alias `%s'\n"),
1418 NULL, alias);
1419 }
1420
1421 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1422 if (region == NULL)
1423 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1424 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1425 NULL, region_name, alias);
1426
1427 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1428 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1429 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1430 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1431 region->name_list.next = n;
1432 }
1433
1434 static lang_memory_region_type *
1435 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1436 {
1437 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1438
1439 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1440
1441 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1442 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1443 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1444
1445 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1446 {
1447 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1448 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1449 {
1450 return p;
1451 }
1452 }
1453 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
1454 }
1455
1456 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1457
1458 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1459 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1460 {
1461 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1462 }
1463
1464 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1465 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1466 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE is 0 return NULL when
1467 no match exists. If CREATE is 1, create an output_section_statement
1468 when no match exists or if CONSTRAINT is SPECIAL. If CREATE is 2,
1469 always make a new output_section_statement. */
1470
1471 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1472 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1473 int constraint,
1474 int create)
1475 {
1476 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1477
1478 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1479 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1480 create != 0, false));
1481 if (entry == NULL)
1482 {
1483 if (create)
1484 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1485 return NULL;
1486 }
1487
1488 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1489 {
1490 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1491 constraint. */
1492 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1493
1494 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1495 do
1496 {
1497 if (create != 2
1498 && !(create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1499 && (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1500 || (constraint == 0
1501 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)))
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 last_ent = entry;
1504 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1505 }
1506 while (entry != NULL
1507 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1508
1509 if (!create)
1510 return NULL;
1511
1512 entry
1513 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1514 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1515 &output_section_statement_table,
1516 name));
1517 if (entry == NULL)
1518 {
1519 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1520 return NULL;
1521 }
1522 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1523 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1524 }
1525
1526 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1527 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1528 entry->s.output_section_statement.dup_output = (create == 2
1529 || constraint == SPECIAL);
1530 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1531 }
1532
1533 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1534 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1535 match any non-negative constraint. */
1536
1537 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1538 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1539 int constraint)
1540 {
1541 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1542 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1543 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1544 ((char *) os
1545 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1546 const char *name = os->name;
1547
1548 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1549 do
1550 {
1551 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1552 if (entry == NULL
1553 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1554 return NULL;
1555 }
1556 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1557 && (constraint != 0
1558 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1559
1560 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1561 }
1562
1563 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1564 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1565 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1566 sets *EXACT too. */
1567
1568 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1569 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1570 flagword sec_flags,
1571 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1572 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1573 {
1574 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1575 flagword look_flags, differ;
1576
1577 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1578 skip it. */
1579 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1580 first = first->next;
1581
1582 /* First try for an exact match. */
1583 found = NULL;
1584 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1585 {
1586 look_flags = look->flags;
1587 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1588 {
1589 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1590 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1591 look->bfd_section,
1592 sec->owner, sec))
1593 continue;
1594 }
1595 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1596 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1597 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1598 found = look;
1599 }
1600 if (found != NULL)
1601 {
1602 if (exact != NULL)
1603 *exact = found;
1604 return found;
1605 }
1606
1607 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1608 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1609 {
1610 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1611 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1612 {
1613 look_flags = look->flags;
1614 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1615 {
1616 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1617 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1618 look->bfd_section,
1619 sec->owner, sec))
1620 continue;
1621 }
1622 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1624 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1625 found = look;
1626 }
1627 }
1628 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1629 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1630 {
1631 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 {
1637 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1638 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1639 look->bfd_section,
1640 sec->owner, sec))
1641 continue;
1642 }
1643 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1644 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1645 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1646 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1647 | SEC_READONLY))
1648 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1649 found = look;
1650 }
1651 }
1652 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1653 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1654 {
1655 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1656 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1657 bool seen_thread_local = false;
1658
1659 match_type = NULL;
1660 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1661 {
1662 look_flags = look->flags;
1663 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1664 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1665
1666 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1667 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1668 {
1669 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1670 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1671 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1672 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1673 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1674 previous section. */
1675 break;
1676 found = look;
1677 seen_thread_local = true;
1678 }
1679 else if (seen_thread_local)
1680 break;
1681 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1686 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1687 {
1688 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1689 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1690 {
1691 look_flags = look->flags;
1692 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1693 {
1694 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1695 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1696 look->bfd_section,
1697 sec->owner, sec))
1698 continue;
1699 }
1700 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1701 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1702 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1703 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1704 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1705 found = look;
1706 }
1707 }
1708 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1709 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1710 {
1711 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1712 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1713 {
1714 look_flags = look->flags;
1715 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1716 {
1717 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1718 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1719 look->bfd_section,
1720 sec->owner, sec))
1721 continue;
1722 }
1723 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1724 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1725 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1726 found = look;
1727 }
1728 }
1729 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1730 {
1731 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1732 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1733 {
1734 look_flags = look->flags;
1735 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1736 {
1737 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1738 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1739 look->bfd_section,
1740 sec->owner, sec))
1741 continue;
1742 }
1743 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1744 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1745 found = look;
1746 }
1747 }
1748 else
1749 {
1750 /* non-alloc go last. */
1751 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1752 {
1753 look_flags = look->flags;
1754 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1755 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1756 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1757 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1758 found = look;
1759 }
1760 return found;
1761 }
1762
1763 if (found || !match_type)
1764 return found;
1765
1766 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1767 }
1768
1769 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1770 Used by place_orphan. */
1771
1772 static asection *
1773 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1774 {
1775 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1776
1777 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1778 {
1779 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1780 continue;
1781
1782 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1783 return lookup->bfd_section;
1784 }
1785
1786 return NULL;
1787 }
1788
1789 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1790 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1791 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1792 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1793 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1794 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1795 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1796 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1797 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1798 image symbols. */
1799
1800 static lang_statement_union_type **
1801 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1802 {
1803 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1804 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1805 bool ignore_first;
1806
1807 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1808
1809 for (where = &after->header.next;
1810 *where != NULL;
1811 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1812 {
1813 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1814 {
1815 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1816 if (assign == NULL)
1817 {
1818 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1819
1820 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1821 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1822 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1823 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1824 {
1825 if (!ignore_first)
1826 assign = where;
1827 ignore_first = false;
1828 }
1829 }
1830 continue;
1831 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1832 case lang_input_section_enum:
1833 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1834 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1838 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1839 assign = NULL;
1840 ignore_first = false;
1841 continue;
1842 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1843 if (assign != NULL)
1844 {
1845 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1846
1847 if (s == NULL
1848 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1849 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1850 where = assign;
1851 }
1852 break;
1853 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1854 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1855 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1856 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1857 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1858 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1859 continue;
1860 }
1861 break;
1862 }
1863
1864 return where;
1865 }
1866
1867 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1868 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1869 const char *secname,
1870 int constraint,
1871 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1872 struct orphan_save *place,
1873 etree_type *address,
1874 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1875 {
1876 lang_statement_list_type add;
1877 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1878 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1879
1880 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1881 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1882 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1883 if (after != NULL)
1884 {
1885 lang_list_init (&add);
1886 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1887 }
1888
1889 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1890 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1891 address = exp_intop (0);
1892
1893 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1894 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1895 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1896
1897 if (add_child == NULL)
1898 add_child = &os->children;
1899 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, NULL, os);
1900
1901 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1902 {
1903 const char *region = (after->region
1904 ? after->region->name_list.name
1905 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1906 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1907 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1908 : NULL);
1909 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1910 lma_region);
1911 }
1912 else
1913 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1914 NULL);
1915
1916 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1917 if (after != NULL)
1918 pop_stat_ptr ();
1919
1920 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1921 {
1922 asection *snew, *as;
1923 bool place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1924 bool insert_after = true;
1925
1926 snew = os->bfd_section;
1927
1928 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1929 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1930 if (place->section == NULL
1931 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1932 {
1933 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1934
1935 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1936 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1937 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1938 output section. */
1939 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1940 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1941
1942 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1943 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1944 }
1945
1946 if (place->section == NULL)
1947 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1948
1949 as = *place->section;
1950
1951 if (!as)
1952 {
1953 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1954
1955 /* Unlink the section. */
1956 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1957
1958 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1959 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1960 }
1961 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1962 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1963 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1964 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1965 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1966 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1967 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1968 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1969 {
1970 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1971 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1972 section after a note section, */
1973 asection *sec;
1974 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1975 should be placed. */
1976 asection *after_sec;
1977 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1978 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1979 bool after_sec_note = false;
1980
1981 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1982
1983 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1984 ascending order. */
1985 after_sec = NULL;
1986 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1987 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1988 {
1989 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1990 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1991 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1992
1993 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1994 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1995 (sec != NULL
1996 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1997 sec = sec->next)
1998 if (sec != snew
1999 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2000 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2001 {
2002 if (!first_orphan_note)
2003 first_orphan_note = sec;
2004 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2005 after_sec = sec;
2006 }
2007 else if (first_orphan_note)
2008 {
2009 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2010 orphan note section. */
2011 break;
2012 }
2013
2014 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2015 be placed at the default location. */
2016 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2017 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2018 {
2019 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2020 alignments, place the section before all
2021 output orphan note sections. */
2022 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2023 insert_after = false;
2024 }
2025 }
2026 else if (first_orphan_note)
2027 {
2028 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2029 note sections. */
2030 after_sec_note = true;
2031 after_sec = as;
2032 for (sec = as->next;
2033 (sec != NULL
2034 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2035 sec = sec->next)
2036 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2037 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2038 after_sec = sec;
2039 }
2040
2041 if (after_sec_note)
2042 {
2043 if (after_sec)
2044 {
2045 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2046 statement. */
2047 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2048 bool found = false;
2049 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2050 {
2051 next = stmt->next;
2052 if (insert_after)
2053 {
2054 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2055 {
2056 place_after = true;
2057 found = true;
2058 after = stmt;
2059 break;
2060 }
2061 }
2062 else
2063 {
2064 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2065 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2066 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2067 {
2068 place_after = true;
2069 found = true;
2070 after = stmt;
2071 break;
2072 }
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2077 statement. */
2078 if (!found)
2079 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2080 {
2081 if (insert_after)
2082 {
2083 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2084 {
2085 place_after = true;
2086 after = stmt;
2087 break;
2088 }
2089 }
2090 else
2091 {
2092 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2093 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2094 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2095 {
2096 place_after = true;
2097 after = stmt;
2098 break;
2099 }
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103
2104 if (after_sec == NULL
2105 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2106 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2107 {
2108 /* Unlink the section. */
2109 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2110
2111 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2112 prepend SNEW. */
2113 if (after_sec)
2114 {
2115 if (insert_after)
2116 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2117 after_sec, snew);
2118 else
2119 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2120 after_sec, snew);
2121 }
2122 else
2123 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2124 }
2125 }
2126 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2127 {
2128 /* Unlink the section. */
2129 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2130
2131 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2132 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2133 as, snew);
2134 }
2135 }
2136 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2137 {
2138 /* Unlink the section. */
2139 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2140
2141 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2142 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2143 }
2144
2145 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2146 follow the one we've just added. */
2147 place->section = &snew->next;
2148
2149 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2150 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2151 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2152 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2153 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2154 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2155 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2156 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2157 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2158 if (add.head != NULL)
2159 {
2160 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2161
2162 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2163 if (place_after)
2164 {
2165 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2166
2167 *add.tail = *where;
2168 *where = add.head;
2169
2170 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2171 }
2172 else
2173 {
2174 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2175 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2176 *place->stmt = add.head;
2177 }
2178
2179 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2180 new list at the tail. */
2181 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2182 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2183
2184 /* Save the end of this list. */
2185 place->stmt = add.tail;
2186
2187 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2188 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2189 *os_tail = NULL;
2190 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2191 ((char *) place->os_tail
2192 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2193 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2194 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2195 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2196 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2197 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2198
2199 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2200 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2201 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2202 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2203 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2204 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2205 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2206 }
2207 }
2208 return os;
2209 }
2210
2211 static void
2212 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2213 {
2214 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2215
2216 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2217 return;
2218
2219 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2220
2221 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2222 {
2223 size_t len;
2224
2225 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2226 len = strlen (m->soname);
2227
2228 if (len >= 29)
2229 {
2230 print_nl ();
2231 len = 0;
2232 }
2233 while (len < 30)
2234 {
2235 print_space ();
2236 ++len;
2237 }
2238
2239 if (m->ref != NULL)
2240 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2241 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2242 }
2243 }
2244
2245 static void
2246 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2247 {
2248 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2249 minfo ("a");
2250
2251 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2252 minfo ("x");
2253
2254 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2255 minfo ("r");
2256
2257 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2258 minfo ("w");
2259
2260 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2261 minfo ("l");
2262 }
2263
2264 void
2265 lang_map (void)
2266 {
2267 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2268 bool dis_header_printed = false;
2269
2270 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2271 {
2272 asection *s;
2273
2274 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2275 || file->flags.just_syms)
2276 continue;
2277
2278 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2279 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2280 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2281 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2282 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 if (! dis_header_printed)
2285 {
2286 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2287 dis_header_printed = true;
2288 }
2289
2290 print_input_section (s, true);
2291 }
2292 }
2293
2294 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2295 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2296 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2297
2298 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2299 {
2300 char buf[100];
2301 int len;
2302
2303 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2304
2305 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2306 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2307 len = strlen (buf);
2308 while (len < 16)
2309 {
2310 print_space ();
2311 ++len;
2312 }
2313
2314 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2315 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2316 {
2317 #ifndef BFD64
2318 minfo (" ");
2319 #endif
2320 if (m->flags)
2321 {
2322 print_space ();
2323 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2324 }
2325
2326 if (m->not_flags)
2327 {
2328 minfo (" !");
2329 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2330 }
2331 }
2332
2333 print_nl ();
2334 }
2335
2336 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2337
2338 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2339 {
2340 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2341 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2342 }
2343 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2344 lang_statement_iteration++;
2345 print_statements ();
2346
2347 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2348 config.map_file);
2349 }
2350
2351 static bool
2352 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2353 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2354 {
2355 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2356 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2357 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2358 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2359 {
2360 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2361 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2362
2363 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2364 if (!ud)
2365 {
2366 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2367 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2368 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2369 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2370 }
2371 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2372 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2373
2374 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2375 def->entry = hash_entry;
2376 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2377 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2378 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2379 }
2380 return true;
2381 }
2382
2383 /* Initialize an output section. */
2384
2385 static void
2386 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2387 {
2388 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2389 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2390
2391 if (!s->dup_output)
2392 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2393 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2394 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2395 s->name, flags);
2396 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2397 {
2398 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2399 " called %s: %E\n"),
2400 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2401 }
2402 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2403 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2404
2405 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2406 statement to avoid lookup. */
2407 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2408
2409 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2410 mention are initialized. */
2411 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2412 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2413
2414 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2415 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2416
2417 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2418 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2419 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2420 "section alignment");
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2424 initialized. */
2425
2426 static void
2427 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2428 {
2429 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2430 {
2431 case etree_assign:
2432 case etree_provide:
2433 case etree_provided:
2434 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2435 break;
2436
2437 case etree_binary:
2438 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2439 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2440 break;
2441
2442 case etree_trinary:
2443 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2444 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2445 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2446 break;
2447
2448 case etree_assert:
2449 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2450 break;
2451
2452 case etree_unary:
2453 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2454 break;
2455
2456 case etree_name:
2457 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2458 {
2459 case ADDR:
2460 case LOADADDR:
2461 case SIZEOF:
2462 {
2463 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2464
2465 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2466 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2467 init_os (os, 0);
2468 }
2469 }
2470 break;
2471
2472 default:
2473 break;
2474 }
2475 }
2476 \f
2477 static void
2478 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2479 {
2480 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2481
2482 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2483 discard all sections. */
2484 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2485 {
2486 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2487 return;
2488 }
2489
2490 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2491 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2492 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2493 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2494 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2495
2496 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2497 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2498 }
2499 \f
2500
2501 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2502 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2503
2504 static bool
2505 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2506 {
2507 bool discard;
2508 flagword flags = section->flags;
2509
2510 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2511 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2512
2513 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2514 sections from within the group. */
2515 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2516 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2517 discard = true;
2518
2519 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2520 information. */
2521 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2522 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2523 discard = true;
2524
2525 return discard;
2526 }
2527
2528 /* The wild routines.
2529
2530 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2531 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2532 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2533
2534 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2535 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2536
2537 void
2538 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2539 asection *section,
2540 struct wildcard_list *pattern,
2541 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2542 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2543 {
2544 flagword flags = section->flags;
2545
2546 bool discard;
2547 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2548 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2549
2550 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2551 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2552
2553 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2554 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2555 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2556 discard = true;
2557
2558 if (discard)
2559 {
2560 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2561 {
2562 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2563 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2564 }
2565 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2566 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2567 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2568 NULL, section, section->owner);
2569
2570 return;
2571 }
2572
2573 if (sflag_info)
2574 {
2575 bool keep;
2576
2577 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2578 if (!keep)
2579 return;
2580 }
2581
2582 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2583 {
2584 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2585 return;
2586
2587 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2588 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2589 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2590 return;
2591
2592 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2593 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2594 later. */
2595 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2596 return;
2597
2598 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2599 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2600 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2601 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2602 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2603 output->bfd_section);
2604
2605 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2606 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2607 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2608 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2609 }
2610
2611 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2612 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2613 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2614 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2615 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2616 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2617 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2618
2619 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2620 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2621 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2622 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2623 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2624 {
2625 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2626 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2627 else
2628 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2629 }
2630 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2631 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2632
2633 switch (output->sectype)
2634 {
2635 case normal_section:
2636 case overlay_section:
2637 case first_overlay_section:
2638 break;
2639 case noalloc_section:
2640 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2641 break;
2642 case readonly_section:
2643 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2644 break;
2645 case noload_section:
2646 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2647 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2648 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2649 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2650 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2651 section. */
2652 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2653 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2654 else
2655 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2656 break;
2657 }
2658
2659 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2660 init_os (output, flags);
2661
2662 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2663 it from the output section. */
2664 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2665
2666 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2667 {
2668 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2669 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2670
2671 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2672 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2673 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2674 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2675 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2676 {
2677 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2678 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2679 }
2680 }
2681 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2682
2683 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2684 {
2685 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2686 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2687 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2688 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2689 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2690 link_info.output_bfd,
2691 output->bfd_section,
2692 &link_info);
2693 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2694 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2695 }
2696
2697 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2698 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2699 {
2700 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2701 output->block_value = 128;
2702 }
2703
2704 /* When a .ctors section is placed in .init_array it must be copied
2705 in reverse order. Similarly for .dtors. Set that up. */
2706 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
2707 && ((startswith (section->name, ".ctors")
2708 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".init_array") == 0)
2709 || (startswith (section->name, ".dtors")
2710 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".fini_array") == 0))
2711 && (section->name[6] == 0 || section->name[6] == '.'))
2712 section->flags |= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY;
2713
2714 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2715 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2716
2717 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2718
2719 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2720 {
2721 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2722 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2723 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2724 section->map_tail.s = s;
2725 if (s != NULL)
2726 s->map_head.s = section;
2727 else
2728 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2729 }
2730
2731 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2732 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2733 new_section->section = section;
2734 new_section->pattern = pattern;
2735 }
2736
2737 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2738 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2739 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2740 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2741
2742 static lang_statement_union_type *
2743 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2744 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2745 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2746 asection *section)
2747 {
2748 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2749
2750 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2751 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2752 return NULL;
2753
2754 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2755 {
2756 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2757
2758 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2759 continue;
2760 ls = &l->input_section;
2761
2762 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2763 name. */
2764
2765 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2766 {
2767 const char *fn, *ln;
2768 bool fa, la;
2769 int i;
2770
2771 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2772 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2773 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2774 archive. */
2775
2776 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2777 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2778 {
2779 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2780 fa = true;
2781 }
2782 else
2783 {
2784 fn = file->filename;
2785 fa = false;
2786 }
2787
2788 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2789 {
2790 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2791 la = true;
2792 }
2793 else
2794 {
2795 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2796 la = false;
2797 }
2798
2799 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2800 if (i > 0)
2801 continue;
2802 else if (i < 0)
2803 break;
2804
2805 if (fa || la)
2806 {
2807 if (fa)
2808 fn = file->filename;
2809 if (la)
2810 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2811
2812 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2813 if (i > 0)
2814 continue;
2815 else if (i < 0)
2816 break;
2817 }
2818 }
2819
2820 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2821 looking at the sections for this file. */
2822
2823 if (sec != NULL
2824 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2825 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2826 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2827 break;
2828 }
2829
2830 return l;
2831 }
2832
2833 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2834 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2835
2836 static void
2837 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2838 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2839 asection *section,
2840 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2841 void *output)
2842 {
2843 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2844 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2845
2846 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2847
2848 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2849 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2850 return;
2851
2852 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2853
2854 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2855 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2856 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2857 of the current list. */
2858
2859 if (before == NULL)
2860 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, ptr->section_list,
2861 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2862 else
2863 {
2864 lang_statement_list_type list;
2865 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2866
2867 lang_list_init (&list);
2868 lang_add_section (&list, section, ptr->section_list,
2869 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2870
2871 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2872 be NULL. */
2873 if (list.head != NULL)
2874 {
2875 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2876
2877 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2878 *pp != before;
2879 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2880 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2881
2882 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2883 *pp = list.head;
2884 }
2885 }
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2889 are readonly. */
2890
2891 static void
2892 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2893 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2894 asection *section,
2895 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2896 void *output)
2897 {
2898 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2899
2900 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2901
2902 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2903 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2904 return;
2905
2906 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2907 os->all_input_readonly = false;
2908 }
2909
2910 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2911 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2912 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2913
2914 static lang_input_statement_type *
2915 lookup_name (const char *name)
2916 {
2917 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2918
2919 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2920 search != NULL;
2921 search = search->next_real_file)
2922 {
2923 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2924 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2925 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2926 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2927
2928 if (filename != NULL
2929 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2930 break;
2931 }
2932
2933 if (search == NULL)
2934 {
2935 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2936 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2937 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2938 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2939 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2940 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2941 lang_statement_union_type **after
2942 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2943 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2944 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2945 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2946 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2947 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2948 default_target, NULL);
2949 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2950 if (*tail == NULL)
2951 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2952 }
2953
2954 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2955 don't add this file. */
2956 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2957 return search;
2958
2959 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2960 return NULL;
2961
2962 return search;
2963 }
2964
2965 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2966
2967 struct excluded_lib
2968 {
2969 char *name;
2970 struct excluded_lib *next;
2971 };
2972 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2973
2974 void
2975 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2976 {
2977 const char *p = list, *end;
2978
2979 while (*p != '\0')
2980 {
2981 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2982 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2983 if (end == NULL)
2984 end = p + strlen (p);
2985 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2986 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2987 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2988 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2989 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2990 excluded_libs = entry;
2991 if (*end == '\0')
2992 break;
2993 p = end + 1;
2994 }
2995 }
2996
2997 static void
2998 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2999 {
3000 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
3001
3002 while (lib)
3003 {
3004 int len = strlen (lib->name);
3005 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
3006
3007 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
3008 {
3009 abfd->no_export = true;
3010 return;
3011 }
3012
3013 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
3014 && (filename[len] == '\0'
3015 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
3016 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
3017 {
3018 abfd->no_export = true;
3019 return;
3020 }
3021
3022 lib = lib->next;
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
3027
3028 bool
3029 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
3030 lang_statement_list_type *place)
3031 {
3032 char **matching;
3033
3034 if (entry->flags.loaded)
3035 return true;
3036
3037 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3038
3039 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3040 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3041 return true;
3042
3043 if (trace_files || verbose)
3044 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3045
3046 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3047 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3048 {
3049 bfd_error_type err;
3050 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3051 extern FILE *yyin;
3052
3053 err = bfd_get_error ();
3054
3055 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3056 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3057 return true;
3058
3059 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3060 {
3061 char **p;
3062
3063 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3064 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3065 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3066 einfo (" %s", *p);
3067 einfo ("%F\n");
3068 }
3069 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3070 || place == NULL)
3071 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3072
3073 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3074 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3075
3076 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3077 save_flags = input_flags;
3078 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3079
3080 push_stat_ptr (place);
3081 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3082 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3083 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3084 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3085 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3086 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3087
3088 ldfile_assumed_script = true;
3089 parser_input = input_script;
3090 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3091 yyparse ();
3092 current_input_file = NULL;
3093 ldfile_assumed_script = false;
3094
3095 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3096 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3097 again. */
3098 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3099 input_flags = save_flags;
3100 pop_stat_ptr ();
3101 fclose (yyin);
3102 yyin = NULL;
3103 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3104
3105 return true;
3106 }
3107
3108 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3109 return true;
3110
3111 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3112 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3113 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3114 which is used. */
3115 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3116 {
3117 default:
3118 break;
3119
3120 case bfd_object:
3121 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3122 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3123 break;
3124
3125 case bfd_archive:
3126 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3127
3128 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3129 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3130 {
3131 bfd *member = NULL;
3132 bool loaded = true;
3133
3134 for (;;)
3135 {
3136 bfd *subsbfd;
3137 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3138
3139 if (member == NULL)
3140 break;
3141
3142 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3143 {
3144 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3145 entry->the_bfd, member);
3146 loaded = false;
3147 }
3148
3149 subsbfd = member;
3150 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3151 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3152 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3153 abort ();
3154
3155 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3156 substitute BFD for us. */
3157 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3158 {
3159 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3160 loaded = false;
3161 }
3162 }
3163
3164 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3165 return loaded;
3166 }
3167 break;
3168 }
3169
3170 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3171 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3172 else
3173 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3174
3175 return entry->flags.loaded;
3176 }
3177
3178 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3179 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3180 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3181 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3182 the output section. */
3183
3184 static void
3185 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3186 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3187 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3188 {
3189 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3190
3191 if (s->handler_data[0]
3192 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3193 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3194 {
3195 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3196
3197 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3198
3199 tree = s->tree;
3200 if (tree)
3201 {
3202 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3203 s->tree = NULL;
3204 }
3205 }
3206 else
3207 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3208
3209 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3210 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3211 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3212 {
3213 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3214 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3215 default_common_section = output;
3216 break;
3217 }
3218 }
3219
3220 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3221
3222 static int
3223 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3224 {
3225 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3226
3227 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3228 }
3229
3230 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3231
3232 static void
3233 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3234 {
3235 char c;
3236
3237 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3238 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3239
3240 *dest = 0;
3241 }
3242
3243 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3244 from haystack. */
3245
3246 static void
3247 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3248 {
3249 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3250
3251 if (haystack)
3252 {
3253 char *src;
3254
3255 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3256 *haystack++ = *src++;
3257
3258 *haystack = 0;
3259 }
3260 }
3261
3262 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3263 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3264
3265 static int
3266 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3267 {
3268 char *copy1;
3269 char *copy2;
3270 int result;
3271
3272 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3273 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3274
3275 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3276 stricpy (copy1, first);
3277 stricpy (copy2, second);
3278
3279 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3280 strcut (copy1, "big");
3281 strcut (copy1, "little");
3282 strcut (copy2, "big");
3283 strcut (copy2, "little");
3284
3285 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3286 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3287 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3288 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3289 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3290 {
3291 result *= 10;
3292 break;
3293 }
3294
3295 free (copy1);
3296 free (copy2);
3297
3298 return result;
3299 }
3300
3301 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3302 static const bfd_target *winner;
3303
3304 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3305 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3306 match to the original output target. */
3307
3308 static int
3309 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3310 {
3311 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3312
3313 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3314 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3315 return 0;
3316
3317 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3318 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3319 return 0;
3320
3321 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3322 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3323 return 0;
3324
3325 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3326 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3327 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3328 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3329 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3330 return 0;
3331
3332 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3333 if (winner == NULL)
3334 {
3335 winner = target;
3336 return 0;
3337 }
3338
3339 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3340 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3341 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3342 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3343 winner = target;
3344
3345 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3346 return 0;
3347 }
3348
3349 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3350
3351 static const char *
3352 get_first_input_target (void)
3353 {
3354 const char *target = NULL;
3355
3356 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3357 {
3358 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3359 && s->flags.real)
3360 {
3361 ldfile_open_file (s);
3362
3363 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3364 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3365 {
3366 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3367
3368 if (target != NULL)
3369 break;
3370 }
3371 }
3372 }
3373
3374 return target;
3375 }
3376
3377 const char *
3378 lang_get_output_target (void)
3379 {
3380 const char *target;
3381
3382 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3383 if (output_target != NULL)
3384 return output_target;
3385
3386 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3387 the default? */
3388 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3389 return current_target;
3390
3391 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3392 target = get_first_input_target ();
3393 if (target != NULL)
3394 return target;
3395
3396 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3397 return default_target;
3398 }
3399
3400 /* Open the output file. */
3401
3402 static void
3403 open_output (const char *name)
3404 {
3405 lang_input_statement_type *f;
3406 char *out = lrealpath (name);
3407
3408 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
3409 f != NULL;
3410 f = f->next_real_file)
3411 if (f->flags.real)
3412 {
3413 char *in = lrealpath (f->local_sym_name);
3414 if (filename_cmp (in, out) == 0)
3415 einfo (_("%F%P: input file '%s' is the same as output file\n"),
3416 f->filename);
3417 free (in);
3418 }
3419 free (out);
3420
3421 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3422
3423 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3424 line? */
3425 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3426 {
3427 /* Get the chosen target. */
3428 const bfd_target *target
3429 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3430
3431 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3432 if (target != NULL)
3433 {
3434 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3435
3436 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3437 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3438 else
3439 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3440
3441 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3442 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3443 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3444 this. */
3445 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3446 {
3447 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3448 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3449 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3450 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3451 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3452 else
3453 {
3454 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3455 the default target, but which has the desired
3456 endian characteristic. */
3457 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3458 (void *) target);
3459
3460 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3461 satisfy our requirements. */
3462 if (winner == NULL)
3463 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3464 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3465 else
3466 output_target = winner->name;
3467 }
3468 }
3469 }
3470 }
3471
3472 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3473
3474 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3475 {
3476 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3477 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3478
3479 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3480 }
3481
3482 delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
3483
3484 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3485 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3486 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3487 ldfile_output_architecture,
3488 ldfile_output_machine))
3489 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3490
3491 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3492 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3493 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3494
3495 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3496 }
3497
3498 static void
3499 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3500 {
3501 switch (statement->header.type)
3502 {
3503 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3504 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3505 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3506 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3507 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3508 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3509 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3510 else
3511 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3512 if (config.text_read_only)
3513 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3514 else
3515 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3516 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3517 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3518 else
3519 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3520 break;
3521
3522 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3523 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3524 break;
3525 default:
3526 break;
3527 }
3528 }
3529
3530 static void
3531 init_opb (asection *s)
3532 {
3533 unsigned int x;
3534
3535 opb_shift = 0;
3536 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3537 && s != NULL
3538 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3539 return;
3540
3541 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3542 ldfile_output_machine);
3543 if (x > 1)
3544 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3545 {
3546 x >>= 1;
3547 ++opb_shift;
3548 }
3549 ASSERT (x == 1);
3550 }
3551
3552 /* Open all the input files. */
3553
3554 enum open_bfd_mode
3555 {
3556 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3557 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3558 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3559 };
3560 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3561 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3562 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3563 #endif
3564
3565 static void
3566 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3567 {
3568 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3569 {
3570 switch (s->header.type)
3571 {
3572 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3573 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3574 break;
3575 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3576 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3577 break;
3578 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3579 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3580 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3581 && s->wild_statement.filename
3582 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3583 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3584 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3585 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3586 break;
3587 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3588 {
3589 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3590 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3591 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3592 #endif
3593
3594 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3595 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3596 symbols. */
3597
3598 do
3599 {
3600 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3601 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3602 #endif
3603 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3604 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3605 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3606 }
3607 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3608 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3609 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3610 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3611 undefs. */
3612 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3613 #endif
3614 );
3615 }
3616 break;
3617 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3618 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3619 break;
3620 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3621 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3622 {
3623 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3624 lang_statement_list_type add;
3625 bfd *abfd;
3626
3627 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3628
3629 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3630 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3631 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3632 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3633 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3634 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3635 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3636 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3637 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3638 #endif
3639 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3640 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3641 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3642 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3643 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3644 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3645 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3646 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3647 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3648 {
3649 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = false;
3650 s->input_statement.flags.reload = true;
3651 }
3652
3653 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3654 lang_list_init (&add);
3655
3656 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3657 config.make_executable = false;
3658
3659 if (add.head != NULL)
3660 {
3661 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3662 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3663 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3664 section statement list. Very likely the user
3665 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3666 naive user expectations. */
3667 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3668 {
3669 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3670 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3671 s->input_statement.filename);
3672 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3673 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3674 }
3675 else
3676 {
3677 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3678 s->header.next = add.head;
3679 }
3680 }
3681 }
3682 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3683 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3684 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3685 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3686 plugin_insert = NULL;
3687 #endif
3688 break;
3689 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3690 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3691 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3692 break;
3693 default:
3694 break;
3695 }
3696 }
3697
3698 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3699 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3700 einfo ("%F");
3701 }
3702
3703 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3704 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. fp can be NULL to report errors/warnings
3705 that happened specifically at CTF open time. */
3706 static void
3707 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_dict_t *fp)
3708 {
3709 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3710 char *text;
3711 int is_warning;
3712 int err;
3713
3714 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning, &err)) != NULL)
3715 {
3716 einfo (_("%s: %s\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3717 text);
3718 free (text);
3719 }
3720 if (err != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3721 {
3722 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3723 ctf_errmsg (err));
3724 }
3725
3726 /* `err' returns errors from the error/warning iterator in particular.
3727 These never assert. But if we have an fp, that could have recorded
3728 an assertion failure: assert if it has done so. */
3729 ASSERT (!fp || ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3730 }
3731
3732 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3733 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3734 on. */
3735
3736 static void
3737 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3738 {
3739 int any_ctf = 0;
3740 int err;
3741
3742 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3743 {
3744 asection *sect;
3745
3746 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_dict_t in them
3747 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3748 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3749 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3750
3751 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3752 {
3753 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3754 {
3755 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (NULL);
3756 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
3757 "its types will be discarded: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3758 ctf_errmsg (err));
3759 }
3760 continue;
3761 }
3762
3763 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3764 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output, but only
3765 once. */
3766 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3767 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3768 sect->size = 0;
3769 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3770
3771 if (any_ctf)
3772 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3773 any_ctf = 1;
3774 }
3775
3776 if (!any_ctf)
3777 {
3778 ctf_output = NULL;
3779 return;
3780 }
3781
3782 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3783 return;
3784
3785 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3786 ctf_errmsg (err));
3787
3788 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3789 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3790 }
3791
3792 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3793 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3794
3795 static void
3796 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3797 {
3798 asection *output_sect;
3799 int flags = 0;
3800
3801 if (!ctf_output)
3802 return;
3803
3804 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3805
3806 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3807 if (output_sect == NULL)
3808 {
3809 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3810 ctf_output = NULL;
3811
3812 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3813 {
3814 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3815 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3816 }
3817 return;
3818 }
3819
3820 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3821 {
3822 if (!file->the_ctf)
3823 continue;
3824
3825 /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
3826 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3827 {
3828 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
3829 file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3830 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3831 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3832 continue;
3833 }
3834 }
3835
3836 if (!config.ctf_share_duplicated)
3837 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED;
3838 else
3839 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_DUPLICATED;
3840 if (!config.ctf_variables)
3841 flags |= CTF_LINK_OMIT_VARIABLES_SECTION;
3842 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3843 flags |= CTF_LINK_NO_FILTER_REPORTED_SYMS;
3844
3845 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, flags) < 0)
3846 {
3847 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3848 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
3849 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3850 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3851 if (output_sect)
3852 {
3853 output_sect->size = 0;
3854 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3855 }
3856 }
3857 /* Output any lingering errors that didn't come from ctf_link. */
3858 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3859 }
3860
3861 /* Let the emulation acquire strings from the dynamic strtab to help it optimize
3862 the CTF, if supported. */
3863
3864 void
3865 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab)
3866 {
3867 ldemul_acquire_strings_for_ctf (ctf_output, dynstrtab);
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Inform the emulation about the addition of a new dynamic symbol, in BFD
3871 internal format. */
3872 void ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx, struct elf_internal_sym *sym)
3873 {
3874 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, symidx, sym);
3875 }
3876
3877 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3878 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3879 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3880 static void
3881 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3882 {
3883 size_t output_size;
3884 asection *output_sect;
3885
3886 if (!ctf_output)
3887 return;
3888
3889 if (late)
3890 {
3891 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3892 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3893 return;
3894 }
3895 else
3896 {
3897 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3898 return;
3899 }
3900
3901 /* Inform the emulation that all the symbols that will be received have
3902 been. */
3903
3904 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, 0, NULL);
3905
3906 /* Emit CTF. */
3907
3908 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3909 if (output_sect)
3910 {
3911 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3912 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3913 output_sect->size = output_size;
3914 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3915
3916 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3917 if (!output_sect->contents)
3918 {
3919 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
3920 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3921 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3922 output_sect->size = 0;
3923 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3924 }
3925 }
3926
3927 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3928 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3929 ctf_output = NULL;
3930
3931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3932 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3933 }
3934
3935 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3936
3937 void
3938 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3939 {
3940 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3941
3942 lang_write_ctf (1);
3943 }
3944 #else
3945 static void
3946 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3947 {
3948 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3949 {
3950 asection *sect;
3951
3952 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3953 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3954 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3955
3956 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3957 {
3958 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
3959 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
3960 sect->size = 0;
3961 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3962 }
3963 }
3964 }
3965
3966 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3967 void
3968 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab
3969 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3970 void
3971 ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3972 struct elf_internal_sym *sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3973 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3974 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3975 #endif
3976
3977 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3978 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3979 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3980 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3981 name to the symbol table. */
3982
3983 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3984
3985 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3986
3987 void
3988 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bool cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3989 {
3990 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3991
3992 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3993 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3994 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3995
3996 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3997
3998 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3999 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
4000 }
4001
4002 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
4003
4004 static void
4005 insert_undefined (const char *name)
4006 {
4007 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4008
4009 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, false, true);
4010 if (h == NULL)
4011 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
4012 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4013 {
4014 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
4015 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
4016 h->non_ir_ref_regular = true;
4017 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
4018 }
4019 }
4020
4021 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
4022 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
4023 script file. */
4024
4025 static void
4026 lang_place_undefineds (void)
4027 {
4028 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4029
4030 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4031 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
4032 }
4033
4034 /* Mark -u symbols against garbage collection. */
4035
4036 static void
4037 lang_mark_undefineds (void)
4038 {
4039 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4040
4041 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
4042 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4043 {
4044 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
4045 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, false, false, true);
4046 if (h != NULL)
4047 h->mark = 1;
4048 }
4049 }
4050
4051 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
4052 be defined. */
4053
4054 struct require_defined_symbol
4055 {
4056 const char *name;
4057 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
4058 };
4059
4060 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
4061
4062 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
4063
4064 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
4065 defined. */
4066
4067 void
4068 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
4069 {
4070 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4071
4072 ldlang_add_undef (name, true);
4073 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
4074 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
4075 ptr->name = strdup (name);
4076 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
4077 }
4078
4079 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4080 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4081
4082 static void
4083 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4084 {
4085 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4086
4087 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4088 {
4089 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4090
4091 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4092 false, false, true);
4093 if (h == NULL
4094 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4095 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4096 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4097 }
4098 }
4099
4100 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4101
4102 static void
4103 check_input_sections
4104 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4105 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4106 {
4107 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4108 {
4109 switch (s->header.type)
4110 {
4111 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4112 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4113 output_section_statement);
4114 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4115 return;
4116 break;
4117 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4118 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4119 output_section_statement);
4120 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4121 return;
4122 break;
4123 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4124 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4125 output_section_statement);
4126 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4127 return;
4128 break;
4129 default:
4130 break;
4131 }
4132 }
4133 }
4134
4135 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4136
4137 static void
4138 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4139 {
4140 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4141
4142 switch (sort_section)
4143 {
4144 default:
4145 FAIL ();
4146
4147 case none:
4148 break;
4149
4150 case by_name:
4151 case by_alignment:
4152 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4153 {
4154 switch (s->header.type)
4155 {
4156 default:
4157 break;
4158
4159 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4160 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4161 sec = sec->next)
4162 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4163 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4164 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4165 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4166 {
4167 case none:
4168 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4169 break;
4170 case by_name:
4171 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4172 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4173 break;
4174 case by_alignment:
4175 if (sort_section == by_name)
4176 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4177 break;
4178 default:
4179 break;
4180 }
4181 break;
4182
4183 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4184 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4185 break;
4186
4187 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4188 update_wild_statements
4189 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4190 break;
4191
4192 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4193 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4194 break;
4195 }
4196 }
4197 break;
4198 }
4199 }
4200
4201 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4202
4203 static void
4204 map_input_to_output_sections
4205 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4206 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4207 {
4208 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4209 {
4210 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4211 flagword flags;
4212
4213 switch (s->header.type)
4214 {
4215 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4216 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4217 break;
4218 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4219 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4220 target,
4221 os);
4222 break;
4223 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4224 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4225 if (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RW
4226 || tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)
4227 {
4228 tos->all_input_readonly = true;
4229 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4230 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4231 tos->constraint = -1;
4232 }
4233 if (tos->constraint >= 0)
4234 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4235 target,
4236 tos);
4237 break;
4238 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4239 break;
4240 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4241 target = s->target_statement.target;
4242 break;
4243 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4244 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4245 target,
4246 os);
4247 break;
4248 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4249 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4250 are initialized. */
4251 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4252 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4253 these may be overridden by the script. */
4254 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4255 switch (os->sectype)
4256 {
4257 case normal_section:
4258 case overlay_section:
4259 case first_overlay_section:
4260 break;
4261 case noalloc_section:
4262 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4263 break;
4264 case readonly_section:
4265 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4266 break;
4267 case noload_section:
4268 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4269 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4270 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4271 else
4272 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4273 break;
4274 }
4275 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4276 init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
4277 else
4278 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4279 break;
4280 case lang_input_section_enum:
4281 break;
4282 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4283 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4284 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4285 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4286 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4287 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4288 init_os (os, 0);
4289 break;
4290 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4291 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4292 init_os (os, 0);
4293
4294 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4295 are initialized. */
4296 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4297 break;
4298 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4299 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4300 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4301 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4302 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4303 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4304 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4305 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4306 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4307 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4308 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4309 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4310 {
4311 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4312
4313 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4314 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4315 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4316 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4317 will affect following script sections, which is
4318 likely to surprise naive users. */
4319 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, 1);
4320 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4321 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4322 init_os (tos, 0);
4323 }
4324 break;
4325 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4326 break;
4327 }
4328 }
4329 }
4330
4331 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4332 start of the list and places them after the output section
4333 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4334 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4335 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4336 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4337 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4338 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4339 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4340 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4341 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4342 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4343 can end up looking odd. */
4344
4345 static void
4346 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4347 {
4348 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4349 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4350 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4351 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4352
4353 s = start;
4354 while (*s != NULL)
4355 {
4356 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4357 {
4358 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4359 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4360 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4361
4362 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4363 last_os = os;
4364
4365 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4366 won't match this output section statement. At this
4367 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4368 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4369 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4370 if (first_os == NULL)
4371 first_os = last_os;
4372 }
4373 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4374 {
4375 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4376 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4377 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4378 behaviour. For example:
4379 #! /bin/sh
4380 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4381 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4382 group statement for insert statements. */
4383 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4384 }
4385 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4386 {
4387 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4388 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4389 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4390 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4391
4392 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4393 {
4394 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4395 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4396 }
4397
4398 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4399 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4400 {
4401 do
4402 where = where->prev;
4403 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4404 }
4405 if (where == NULL)
4406 {
4407 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4408 return;
4409 }
4410
4411 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4412 if (last_os != NULL)
4413 {
4414 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4415 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4416
4417 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4418 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4419 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4420 {
4421 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4422 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4423 }
4424 else
4425 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4426 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4427 last_os->next = where->next;
4428 if (where->next == NULL)
4429 {
4430 next = &last_os->next;
4431 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4432 }
4433 else
4434 where->next->prev = last_os;
4435 first_os->prev = where;
4436 where->next = first_os;
4437
4438 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4439 first_sec = NULL;
4440 last_sec = NULL;
4441 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4442 {
4443 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4444 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4445 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4446 {
4447 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4448 if (first_sec == NULL)
4449 first_sec = last_sec;
4450 }
4451 if (os == last_os)
4452 break;
4453 }
4454 if (last_sec != NULL)
4455 {
4456 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4457 if (sec == NULL)
4458 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4459
4460 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4461 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4462 section or if the section is the same as our
4463 last section, then no move is needed. */
4464 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4465 {
4466 /* Trim them off. */
4467 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4468 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4469 else
4470 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4471 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4472 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4473 else
4474 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4475 /* Add back. */
4476 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4477 if (sec->next != NULL)
4478 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4479 else
4480 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4481 first_sec->prev = sec;
4482 sec->next = first_sec;
4483 }
4484 }
4485
4486 first_os = NULL;
4487 last_os = NULL;
4488 }
4489
4490 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4491 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4492 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4493 first = *start;
4494 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4495 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4496 *s = *ptr;
4497 if (*s == NULL)
4498 statement_list.tail = s;
4499 *ptr = first;
4500 s = start;
4501 continue;
4502 }
4503 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4504 }
4505
4506 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4507 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4508 {
4509 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4510 if (os == last_os)
4511 break;
4512 }
4513 }
4514
4515 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4516 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4517 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4518
4519 void
4520 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4521 {
4522 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4523
4524 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4525 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4526 {
4527 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4528 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4529 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, false);
4530 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4531 }
4532
4533 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4534 os != NULL;
4535 os = os->next)
4536 {
4537 asection *output_section;
4538 bool exclude;
4539
4540 if (os->constraint < 0)
4541 continue;
4542
4543 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4544 if (output_section == NULL)
4545 continue;
4546
4547 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4548 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4549 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4550 output_section));
4551
4552 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4553 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4554 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4555 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4556 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4557 {
4558 asection *s;
4559
4560 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4561 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4562 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4563 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4564 {
4565 exclude = false;
4566 break;
4567 }
4568 }
4569
4570 if (exclude)
4571 {
4572 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4573 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4574 if (!os->update_dot)
4575 os->ignored = true;
4576 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4577 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4578 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4579 }
4580 }
4581 }
4582
4583 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4584 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4585
4586 void
4587 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4588 {
4589 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4590
4591 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4592 return;
4593
4594 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4595 os != NULL;
4596 os = os->next)
4597 {
4598 asection *output_section;
4599
4600 if (os->constraint < 0)
4601 continue;
4602
4603 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4604 if (output_section == NULL)
4605 continue;
4606
4607 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4608 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4609 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4610 }
4611
4612 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4613 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4614 map_head_is_link_order = true;
4615 }
4616
4617 static void
4618 print_output_section_statement
4619 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4620 {
4621 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4622 int len;
4623
4624 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4625 {
4626 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4627
4628 if (section != NULL)
4629 {
4630 print_dot = section->vma;
4631
4632 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4633 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4634 {
4635 print_nl ();
4636 len = 0;
4637 }
4638 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4639 {
4640 print_space ();
4641 ++len;
4642 }
4643
4644 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4645
4646 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4647 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4648
4649 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4650 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4651 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4652 }
4653
4654 print_nl ();
4655 }
4656
4657 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4658 output_section_statement);
4659 }
4660
4661 static void
4662 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4663 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4664 {
4665 unsigned int i;
4666 bool is_dot;
4667 etree_type *tree;
4668 asection *osec;
4669
4670 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4671 print_space ();
4672
4673 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4674 {
4675 is_dot = false;
4676 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4677 }
4678 else
4679 {
4680 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4681
4682 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4683 tree = assignment->exp;
4684 }
4685
4686 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4687 if (osec == NULL)
4688 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4689
4690 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4691 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4692 else
4693 expld.result.valid_p = false;
4694
4695 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4696 {
4697 bfd_vma value;
4698
4699 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4700 || is_dot
4701 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4702 {
4703 value = expld.result.value;
4704
4705 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4706 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4707
4708 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4709 if (is_dot)
4710 print_dot = value;
4711 }
4712 else
4713 {
4714 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4715
4716 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4717 false, false, true);
4718 if (h != NULL
4719 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4720 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4721 {
4722 value = h->u.def.value;
4723 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4724 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4725
4726 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4727 }
4728 else
4729 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4730 }
4731 }
4732 else
4733 {
4734 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4735 minfo ("[!provide]");
4736 else
4737 minfo ("*undef* ");
4738 #ifdef BFD64
4739 minfo (" ");
4740 #endif
4741 }
4742 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4743
4744 minfo (" ");
4745 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4746 print_nl ();
4747 }
4748
4749 static void
4750 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4751 {
4752 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4753 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4754 }
4755
4756 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4757 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4758
4759 bool
4760 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4761 {
4762 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4763
4764 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4765 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4766 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4767 {
4768 int i;
4769
4770 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4771 print_space ();
4772 minfo ("0x%V ",
4773 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4774 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4775 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4776
4777 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4778 }
4779
4780 return true;
4781 }
4782
4783 static int
4784 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4785 {
4786 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4787 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4788
4789 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4790 return -1;
4791 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4792 return 1;
4793 else
4794 return 0;
4795 }
4796
4797 static void
4798 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4799 {
4800 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4801 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4802 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4803 unsigned int i;
4804
4805 if (!ud)
4806 return;
4807
4808 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4809
4810 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4811 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4812 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4813 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4814
4815 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4816 entries[i] = def->entry;
4817
4818 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4819 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4820
4821 /* Print the symbols. */
4822 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4823 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4824
4825 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4826 }
4827
4828 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4829
4830 static void
4831 print_input_section (asection *i, bool is_discarded)
4832 {
4833 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4834 int len;
4835 bfd_vma addr;
4836
4837 init_opb (i);
4838
4839 print_space ();
4840 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4841
4842 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4843 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4844 {
4845 print_nl ();
4846 len = 0;
4847 }
4848 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4849 {
4850 print_space ();
4851 ++len;
4852 }
4853
4854 if (i->output_section != NULL
4855 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4856 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4857 else
4858 {
4859 addr = print_dot;
4860 if (!is_discarded)
4861 size = 0;
4862 }
4863
4864 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4865
4866 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4867 {
4868 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4869 #ifdef BFD64
4870 len += 16;
4871 #else
4872 len += 8;
4873 #endif
4874 while (len > 0)
4875 {
4876 print_space ();
4877 --len;
4878 }
4879
4880 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4881 }
4882
4883 if (i->output_section != NULL
4884 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4885 {
4886 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4887 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4888 else
4889 print_all_symbols (i);
4890
4891 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4892 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4893 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4894 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4895 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4896 }
4897 }
4898
4899 static void
4900 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4901 {
4902 size_t size;
4903 unsigned char *p;
4904 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4905 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4906 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4907 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4908 }
4909
4910 static void
4911 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4912 {
4913 int i;
4914 bfd_vma addr;
4915 bfd_size_type size;
4916 const char *name;
4917
4918 init_opb (data->output_section);
4919 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4920 print_space ();
4921
4922 addr = data->output_offset;
4923 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4924 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4925
4926 switch (data->type)
4927 {
4928 default:
4929 abort ();
4930 case BYTE:
4931 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4932 name = "BYTE";
4933 break;
4934 case SHORT:
4935 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4936 name = "SHORT";
4937 break;
4938 case LONG:
4939 size = LONG_SIZE;
4940 name = "LONG";
4941 break;
4942 case QUAD:
4943 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4944 name = "QUAD";
4945 break;
4946 case SQUAD:
4947 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4948 name = "SQUAD";
4949 break;
4950 }
4951
4952 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4953 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4954 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4955
4956 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4957 {
4958 print_space ();
4959 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4960 }
4961
4962 print_nl ();
4963
4964 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4965 }
4966
4967 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4968 -Ttext. */
4969
4970 static void
4971 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4972 {
4973 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4974 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4975 print_nl ();
4976 }
4977
4978 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4979
4980 static void
4981 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4982 {
4983 int i;
4984 bfd_vma addr;
4985 bfd_size_type size;
4986
4987 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4988 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4989 print_space ();
4990
4991 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4992 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4993 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4994
4995 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4996
4997 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4998
4999 if (reloc->name != NULL)
5000 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
5001 else
5002 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
5003
5004 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
5005
5006 print_nl ();
5007
5008 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
5009 }
5010
5011 static void
5012 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
5013 {
5014 int len;
5015 bfd_vma addr;
5016
5017 init_opb (s->output_section);
5018 minfo (" *fill*");
5019
5020 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
5021 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
5022 {
5023 print_space ();
5024 ++len;
5025 }
5026
5027 addr = s->output_offset;
5028 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5029 addr += s->output_section->vma;
5030 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
5031
5032 if (s->fill->size != 0)
5033 {
5034 size_t size;
5035 unsigned char *p;
5036 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
5037 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
5038 }
5039
5040 print_nl ();
5041
5042 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
5043 }
5044
5045 static void
5046 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
5047 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5048 {
5049 struct wildcard_list *sec;
5050
5051 print_space ();
5052
5053 if (w->exclude_name_list)
5054 {
5055 name_list *tmp;
5056 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
5057 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5058 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5059 minfo (") ");
5060 }
5061
5062 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5063 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5064 if (w->filename != NULL)
5065 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
5066 else
5067 minfo ("*");
5068 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5069 minfo (")");
5070
5071 minfo ("(");
5072 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
5073 {
5074 int closing_paren = 0;
5075
5076 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
5077 {
5078 case none:
5079 break;
5080
5081 case by_name:
5082 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5083 closing_paren = 1;
5084 break;
5085
5086 case by_alignment:
5087 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5088 closing_paren = 1;
5089 break;
5090
5091 case by_name_alignment:
5092 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5093 closing_paren = 2;
5094 break;
5095
5096 case by_alignment_name:
5097 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5098 closing_paren = 2;
5099 break;
5100
5101 case by_none:
5102 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5103 closing_paren = 1;
5104 break;
5105
5106 case by_init_priority:
5107 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5108 closing_paren = 1;
5109 break;
5110 }
5111
5112 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5113 {
5114 name_list *tmp;
5115 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5116 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5117 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5118 minfo (") ");
5119 }
5120 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5121 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5122 else
5123 minfo ("*");
5124 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5125 minfo (")");
5126 if (sec->next)
5127 minfo (" ");
5128 }
5129 minfo (")");
5130
5131 print_nl ();
5132
5133 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5134 }
5135
5136 /* Print a group statement. */
5137
5138 static void
5139 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5140 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5141 {
5142 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5143 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5144 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5145 }
5146
5147 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5148 This can be called for any statement type. */
5149
5150 static void
5151 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5152 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5153 {
5154 while (s != NULL)
5155 {
5156 print_statement (s, os);
5157 s = s->header.next;
5158 }
5159 }
5160
5161 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5162 This can be called for any statement type. */
5163
5164 static void
5165 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5166 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5167 {
5168 switch (s->header.type)
5169 {
5170 default:
5171 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5172 FAIL ();
5173 break;
5174 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5175 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5176 {
5177 if (constructors_sorted)
5178 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5179 else
5180 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5181 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5182 }
5183 break;
5184 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5185 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5186 break;
5187 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5188 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5189 break;
5190 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5191 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5192 break;
5193 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5194 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5195 break;
5196 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5197 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5198 break;
5199 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5200 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5201 break;
5202 case lang_input_section_enum:
5203 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, false);
5204 break;
5205 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5206 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5207 break;
5208 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5209 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5210 break;
5211 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5212 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5213 break;
5214 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5215 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5216 break;
5217 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5218 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5219 if (output_target != NULL)
5220 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5221 minfo (")\n");
5222 break;
5223 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5224 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5225 break;
5226 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5227 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5228 break;
5229 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5230 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5231 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5232 s->insert_statement.where);
5233 break;
5234 }
5235 }
5236
5237 static void
5238 print_statements (void)
5239 {
5240 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5241 }
5242
5243 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5244 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5245 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5246 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5247
5248 void
5249 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5250 {
5251 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5252
5253 config.map_file = stderr;
5254
5255 if (n < 0)
5256 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5257 else
5258 {
5259 while (s && --n >= 0)
5260 {
5261 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5262 s = s->header.next;
5263 }
5264 }
5265
5266 config.map_file = map_save;
5267 }
5268
5269 static void
5270 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5271 fill_type *fill,
5272 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5273 asection *output_section,
5274 bfd_vma dot)
5275 {
5276 static fill_type zero_fill;
5277 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5278
5279 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5280 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5281 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5282 if (pad != NULL
5283 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5284 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5285 {
5286 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5287 }
5288 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5289 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5290 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5291 {
5292 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5293 }
5294 else
5295 {
5296 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5297 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5298 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5299 *ptr = pad;
5300 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5301 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5302 if (fill == NULL)
5303 fill = &zero_fill;
5304 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5305 }
5306 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5307 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5308 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5309 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5310 - output_section->vma);
5311 }
5312
5313 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5314
5315 static bfd_vma
5316 size_input_section
5317 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5318 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5319 fill_type *fill,
5320 bool *removed,
5321 bfd_vma dot)
5322 {
5323 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5324 asection *i = is->section;
5325 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5326 *removed = 0;
5327
5328 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5329 {
5330 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5331 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5332 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5333 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5334 have reinitialized its size. */
5335 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5336 {
5337 *removed = 1;
5338 return dot;
5339 }
5340 }
5341
5342 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5343 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5344 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5345 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5346 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5347 else
5348 {
5349 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5350
5351 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5352 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5353 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5354 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5355
5356 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5357 i->alignment_power
5358 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5359 "subsection alignment");
5360
5361 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5362 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5363
5364 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5365
5366 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5367 {
5368 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5369 dot += alignment_needed;
5370 }
5371
5372 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5373 {
5374 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5375 list. */
5376 if (output_section_statement->region)
5377 {
5378 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5379 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5380
5381 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5382 {
5383 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5384 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5385 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5386 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5387
5388 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5389 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5390 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5391 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5392 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5393
5394 *removed = 1;
5395 dot = end;
5396 i->output_section = NULL;
5397 return dot;
5398 }
5399 }
5400 }
5401
5402 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5403 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5404
5405 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5406 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5407 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5408 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5409
5410 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5411 {
5412 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5413 its actual output section too. */
5414 i->already_assigned = o;
5415 i->output_section = o;
5416 }
5417 }
5418
5419 return dot;
5420 }
5421
5422 struct check_sec
5423 {
5424 asection *sec;
5425 bool warned;
5426 };
5427
5428 static int
5429 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5430 {
5431 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5432 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5433
5434 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5435 return -1;
5436 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5437 return 1;
5438 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5439 return -1;
5440 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5441 return 1;
5442
5443 return 0;
5444 }
5445
5446 static int
5447 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5448 {
5449 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5450 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5451
5452 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5453 return -1;
5454 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5455 return 1;
5456 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5457 return -1;
5458 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5459 return 1;
5460
5461 return 0;
5462 }
5463
5464 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5465 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5466
5467 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5468 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5469
5470 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5471 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5472 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5473 region has overflowed. */
5474
5475 static void
5476 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5477 {
5478 asection *s, *p;
5479 struct check_sec *sections;
5480 size_t i, count;
5481 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5482 bfd_vma s_start;
5483 bfd_vma s_end;
5484 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5485 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5486 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5487 bool overlays;
5488
5489 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5490 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5491 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5492 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5493 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5494 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5495 {
5496 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5497 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5498 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5499 s->name);
5500 else
5501 {
5502 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5503 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5504 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5505 s->name);
5506 }
5507 }
5508
5509 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5510 return;
5511
5512 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5513 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5514
5515 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5516 count = 0;
5517 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5518 {
5519 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5520 || s->size == 0)
5521 continue;
5522
5523 sections[count].sec = s;
5524 sections[count].warned = false;
5525 count++;
5526 }
5527
5528 if (count <= 1)
5529 {
5530 free (sections);
5531 return;
5532 }
5533
5534 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5535
5536 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5537 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5538 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5539 {
5540 s = sections[i].sec;
5541 init_opb (s);
5542 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5543 {
5544 s_start = s->lma;
5545 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5546
5547 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5548 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5549 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5550 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5551 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5552 if (p != NULL
5553 && (s_start <= p_end
5554 || p_end < p_start))
5555 {
5556 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5557 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5558 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5559 sections[i].warned = true;
5560 }
5561 p = s;
5562 p_start = s_start;
5563 p_end = s_end;
5564 }
5565 }
5566
5567 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5568 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5569 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5570 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5571 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5572 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5573 overlays = false;
5574 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5575 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5576 {
5577 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5578 if (p_start == s_start)
5579 {
5580 overlays = true;
5581 break;
5582 }
5583 p_start = s_start;
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5587 if (!overlays)
5588 {
5589 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5590 {
5591 s = sections[i].sec;
5592 init_opb (s);
5593 s_start = s->vma;
5594 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5595
5596 if (p != NULL
5597 && !sections[i].warned
5598 && (s_start <= p_end
5599 || p_end < p_start))
5600 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5601 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5602 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5603 p = s;
5604 p_start = s_start;
5605 p_end = s_end;
5606 }
5607 }
5608
5609 free (sections);
5610
5611 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5612 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5613 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5614 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5615
5616 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5617 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5618 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5619 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5620 if (m->had_full_message)
5621 {
5622 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5623 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5624 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5625 over),
5626 m->name_list.name, over);
5627 }
5628 }
5629
5630 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5631 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5632 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5633 calculation wraps around. */
5634
5635 static void
5636 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5637 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5638 etree_type *tree,
5639 bfd_vma rbase)
5640 {
5641 if ((region->current < region->origin
5642 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5643 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5644 || rbase == 0))
5645 {
5646 if (tree != NULL)
5647 {
5648 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5649 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5650 region->current,
5651 os->bfd_section->owner,
5652 os->bfd_section->name,
5653 region->name_list.name);
5654 }
5655 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5656 {
5657 region->had_full_message = true;
5658
5659 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5660 os->bfd_section->owner,
5661 os->bfd_section->name,
5662 region->name_list.name);
5663 }
5664 }
5665 }
5666
5667 static void
5668 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5669 seg_align_type *seg)
5670 {
5671 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5672 {
5673 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5674 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5675 else
5676 {
5677 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5678 }
5679 }
5680 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5681 {
5682 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5683 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5684 else
5685 {
5686 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5687 }
5688 }
5689 }
5690
5691 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5692
5693 static bfd_vma
5694 lang_size_sections_1
5695 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5696 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5697 fill_type *fill,
5698 bfd_vma dot,
5699 bool *relax,
5700 bool check_regions)
5701 {
5702 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5703 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5704 bool removed_prev_s = false;
5705
5706 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5707 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5708 {
5709 bool removed = false;
5710
5711 switch (s->header.type)
5712 {
5713 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5714 {
5715 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5716 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5717 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5718 int section_alignment = 0;
5719
5720 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5721 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5722 if (os->constraint == -1)
5723 break;
5724
5725 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5726 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5727 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5728 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5729 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5730 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5731 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5732 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5733 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5734 {
5735 os->processed_vma = false;
5736 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5737
5738 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5739 {
5740 dot = expld.result.value;
5741 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5742 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5743 }
5744 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5745 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5746 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5747 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5748 }
5749
5750 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5751 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5752 break;
5753
5754 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5755 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5756 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5757 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5758 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5759 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5760 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5761 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5762 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5763 {
5764 asection *input;
5765
5766 if (os->children.head == NULL
5767 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5768 || (os->children.head->header.type
5769 != lang_input_section_enum))
5770 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5771 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5772
5773 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5774 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5775 bfd_section_vma (input));
5776 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5777 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5778 break;
5779 }
5780
5781 newdot = dot;
5782 dotdelta = 0;
5783 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5784 {
5785 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5786 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5787 }
5788 else
5789 {
5790 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5791 {
5792 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5793 from the region specification. */
5794 if (os->region == NULL
5795 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5796 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5797 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5798 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5799 {
5800 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5801 }
5802
5803 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5804 region, and some non default memory regions were
5805 defined, issue an error message. */
5806 if (!os->ignored
5807 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5808 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5809 && check_regions
5810 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5811 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5812 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5813 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5814 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5815 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5816 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5817 {
5818 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5819 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5820 default memory region we can end up creating an
5821 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5822 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5823 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5824 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5825 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5826 switch. */
5827 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5828 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5829 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5830 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5831 else
5832 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5833 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5834 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5835 }
5836
5837 newdot = os->region->current;
5838 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5839 }
5840 else
5841 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5842 "section alignment");
5843
5844 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5845 if (section_alignment > 0)
5846 {
5847 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5848 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5849
5850 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5851 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5852
5853 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5854 diff = dotdelta;
5855 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5856 {
5857 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5858 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5859 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5860 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5861 diff = 0;
5862 }
5863 if (diff != 0
5864 && (config.warn_section_align
5865 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5866 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5867 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5868 os->name, (long) diff);
5869 }
5870
5871 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5872
5873 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5874 }
5875
5876 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5877 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5878
5879 os->processed_vma = true;
5880
5881 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5882 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5883 no output section should change from zero size
5884 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5885 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5886 input section was not sized early enough. */
5887 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5888 else
5889 {
5890 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5891
5892 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5893 align at the block boundary. */
5894 after = ((dot
5895 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5896 + os->block_value - 1)
5897 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5898
5899 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5900 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5901 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5902 }
5903
5904 /* Set section lma. */
5905 r = os->region;
5906 if (r == NULL)
5907 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
5908
5909 if (os->load_base)
5910 {
5911 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5912 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5913 }
5914 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5915 {
5916 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5917
5918 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5919 lma += dotdelta;
5920 else
5921 {
5922 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5923 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5924 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5925 only align according to the value in the output
5926 statement. */
5927 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5928 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5929 "section alignment");
5930 if (section_alignment > 0)
5931 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5932 }
5933 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5934 }
5935 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5936 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5937 {
5938 bfd_vma lma;
5939 asection *last;
5940
5941 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5942
5943 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5944 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5945 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5946 create overlapping LMAs. */
5947 if (dot < last->vma
5948 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5949 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5950 {
5951 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5952 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5953 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5954 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5955 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5956
5957 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5958 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5959 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5960 }
5961 else
5962 {
5963 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5964 at the end of the previous section. */
5965 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5966 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5967
5968 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5969 as the previous section. */
5970 else
5971 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5972
5973 if (section_alignment > 0)
5974 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5975 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5976 }
5977 }
5978 os->processed_lma = true;
5979
5980 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5981 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5982 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5983 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5984 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5985 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5986 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5987 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5988 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5989 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5990 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5991 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5992 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5993 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5994 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5995 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5996 || (r->last_os == NULL
5997 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5998 || (r->last_os != NULL
5999 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
6000 .bfd_section->vma))))
6001 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
6002 && os->lma_region == NULL
6003 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6004 r->last_os = s;
6005
6006 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
6007 break;
6008
6009 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6010 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6011 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6012 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6013 else
6014 dotdelta = 0;
6015 dot += dotdelta;
6016
6017 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
6018 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6019
6020 /* Update dot in the region ?
6021 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
6022 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
6023 overall size in memory. */
6024 if (os->region != NULL
6025 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
6026 {
6027 os->region->current = dot;
6028
6029 if (check_regions)
6030 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
6031 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
6032 os->bfd_section->vma);
6033
6034 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
6035 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
6036 || os->align_lma_with_input))
6037 {
6038 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
6039
6040 if (check_regions)
6041 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
6042 os->bfd_section->lma);
6043 }
6044 }
6045 }
6046 break;
6047
6048 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6049 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
6050 output_section_statement,
6051 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6052 break;
6053
6054 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6055 {
6056 unsigned int size = 0;
6057
6058 s->data_statement.output_offset =
6059 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6060 s->data_statement.output_section =
6061 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6062
6063 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
6064 need to mark them as needed. */
6065 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6066
6067 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6068 {
6069 default:
6070 abort ();
6071 case QUAD:
6072 case SQUAD:
6073 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6074 break;
6075 case LONG:
6076 size = LONG_SIZE;
6077 break;
6078 case SHORT:
6079 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6080 break;
6081 case BYTE:
6082 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6083 break;
6084 }
6085 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6086 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6087 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6088 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6089 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6090 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6091 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6092
6093 }
6094 break;
6095
6096 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6097 {
6098 int size;
6099
6100 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
6101 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6102 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
6103 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6104 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6105 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6106 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6107 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6108 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6109 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6110 }
6111 break;
6112
6113 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6114 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6115 output_section_statement,
6116 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6117 break;
6118
6119 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6120 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
6121 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6122 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6123 break;
6124
6125 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6126 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6127 break;
6128
6129 case lang_input_section_enum:
6130 {
6131 asection *i;
6132
6133 i = s->input_section.section;
6134 if (relax)
6135 {
6136 bool again;
6137
6138 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6139 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6140 if (again)
6141 *relax = true;
6142 }
6143 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
6144 fill, &removed, dot);
6145 }
6146 break;
6147
6148 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6149 break;
6150
6151 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6152 s->fill_statement.output_section =
6153 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6154
6155 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6156 break;
6157
6158 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6159 {
6160 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6161 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6162
6163 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6164
6165 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6166 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6167 &newdot);
6168
6169 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
6170
6171 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6172
6173 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6174 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6175 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6176 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6177 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6178 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6179
6180 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6181 {
6182 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6183 {
6184 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6185 the default memory address. */
6186 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6187 false)->current = newdot;
6188 }
6189 else if (newdot != dot)
6190 {
6191 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6192 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6193 assignment references dot. */
6194 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6195 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6196
6197 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6198 s = s->header.next;
6199
6200 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6201 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6202 user has explicitly stated that the section
6203 should not be allocated. */
6204 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6205 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6206 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6207 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6208 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6209 }
6210 dot = newdot;
6211 }
6212 }
6213 break;
6214
6215 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6216 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6217 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6218 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6219 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6220 will be added back in. */
6221 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6222
6223 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6224 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6225 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6226 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6227 a pad size of zero. */
6228 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6229 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6230 break;
6231
6232 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6233 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6234 output_section_statement,
6235 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6236 break;
6237
6238 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6239 break;
6240
6241 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6242 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6243 break;
6244
6245 default:
6246 FAIL ();
6247 break;
6248 }
6249
6250 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6251 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6252 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6253 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6254 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6255 {
6256 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6257 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6258 if (removed_prev_s)
6259 prev_s = NULL;
6260
6261 if (prev_s)
6262 {
6263 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6264 the current one. */
6265 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6266 s = prev_s;
6267 removed_prev_s = false;
6268 }
6269 else
6270 {
6271 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6272 *prev = s->header.next;
6273 removed_prev_s = true;
6274 }
6275
6276 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6277 list. */
6278 if (!removed_prev_s)
6279 prev = &s->header.next;
6280 }
6281 else
6282 {
6283 prev = &s->header.next;
6284 removed_prev_s = false;
6285 }
6286 }
6287 return dot;
6288 }
6289
6290 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6291 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6292 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6293 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6294
6295 bool
6296 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6297 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6298 asection *current_section,
6299 asection *previous_section,
6300 bool new_segment)
6301 {
6302 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6303 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6304
6305 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6306 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6307 if (new_segment)
6308 return true;
6309
6310 /* Paranoia checks. */
6311 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6312 return new_segment;
6313
6314 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6315 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6316 if (config.separate_code
6317 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6318 return true;
6319
6320 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6321 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6322 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6323 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6324 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6325 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6326
6327 /* More paranoia. */
6328 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6329 return new_segment;
6330
6331 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6332 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6333 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6334 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6335 return cur->region != prev->region;
6336 }
6337
6338 void
6339 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6340 {
6341 lang_statement_iteration++;
6342 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6343 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6344 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6345 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6346 }
6347
6348 static bool
6349 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6350 {
6351 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6352 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6353 bfd_vma first, last;
6354
6355 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6356 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6357 if (first && last
6358 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6359 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6360 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6361 {
6362 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6363 return true;
6364 }
6365
6366 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6367 return false;
6368 }
6369
6370 static bfd_vma
6371 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6372 {
6373 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6374 asection *sec, *prev_sec = NULL;
6375 bool remove_page_gap = false;
6376 unsigned int max_alignment_power = 0;
6377
6378 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6379 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6380 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6381
6382 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6383 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6384
6385 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6386 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6387 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6388 {
6389 if (sec->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
6390 max_alignment_power = sec->alignment_power;
6391
6392 if (sec->vma >= seg->base
6393 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6394 {
6395 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6396 desired? */
6397 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6398
6399 end = start = sec->vma;
6400 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6401 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6402 bump = desired_end - end;
6403 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6404 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6405 start += bump;
6406 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6407 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6408 desired_end = start;
6409 prev_sec = sec->prev;
6410 }
6411 }
6412
6413 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6414 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6415
6416 for (; prev_sec; prev_sec = prev_sec->prev)
6417 if ((prev_sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6418 {
6419 if (prev_sec->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
6420 max_alignment_power = prev_sec->alignment_power;
6421
6422 if (prev_sec->size != 0)
6423 {
6424 /* The 1-page gap before the RELRO segment may be removed. */
6425 remove_page_gap = ((prev_sec->vma + prev_sec->size
6426 + seg->maxpagesize) < desired_end);
6427
6428 break;
6429 }
6430 }
6431
6432 if (remove_page_gap)
6433 {
6434 /* Find the maximum section alignment. */
6435 for (sec = prev_sec; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6436 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6437 && sec->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
6438 max_alignment_power = sec->alignment_power;
6439
6440 /* Remove the 1-page gap before the RELRO segment only if the
6441 maximum page size >= the maximum section alignment. */
6442 if (seg->maxpagesize >= (1U << max_alignment_power))
6443 {
6444 /* If the preceding section size is greater than the maximum
6445 page size, subtract the maximum page size. Otherwise,
6446 align the RELRO segment to the maximum page size. */
6447 if (prev_sec->size > seg->maxpagesize)
6448 {
6449 desired_end -= seg->maxpagesize;
6450 relro_end -= seg->maxpagesize;
6451 }
6452 else
6453 {
6454 desired_end &= ~(seg->maxpagesize - 1);
6455 relro_end &= ~(seg->maxpagesize - 1);
6456 }
6457 }
6458 }
6459
6460 seg->base = desired_end;
6461 return relro_end;
6462 }
6463
6464 static bool
6465 lang_size_relro_segment (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6466 {
6467 bool do_reset = false;
6468
6469 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6470 {
6471 bfd_vma data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6472 bfd_vma data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6473
6474 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6475 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6476
6477 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6478 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6479 if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6480 {
6481 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6482 do_reset = true;
6483 }
6484 }
6485 else if (lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6486 do_reset = true;
6487
6488 return do_reset;
6489 }
6490
6491 void
6492 lang_size_sections (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6493 {
6494 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6495 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6496
6497 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6498
6499 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6500 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6501
6502 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6503 {
6504 bool do_reset
6505 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6506
6507 if (do_reset)
6508 {
6509 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6510 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6511 }
6512
6513 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6514 {
6515 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6516 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6517 }
6518 }
6519 }
6520
6521 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6522 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6523 static bool prefer_next_section;
6524
6525 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6526
6527 static bfd_vma
6528 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6529 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6530 fill_type *fill,
6531 bfd_vma dot,
6532 bool *found_end)
6533 {
6534 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6535 {
6536 switch (s->header.type)
6537 {
6538 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6539 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6540 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6541 break;
6542
6543 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6544 {
6545 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6546 bfd_vma newdot;
6547
6548 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6549 os->after_end = *found_end;
6550 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6551 newdot = dot;
6552 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6553 {
6554 if (!os->ignored && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6555 {
6556 current_section = os;
6557 prefer_next_section = false;
6558 }
6559 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6560 }
6561 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6562 os, os->fill, newdot, found_end);
6563 if (!os->ignored)
6564 {
6565 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6566 {
6567 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6568
6569 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6570 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6571 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6572 newdot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6573
6574 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6575 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6576 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &newdot);
6577 }
6578 dot = newdot;
6579 }
6580 }
6581 break;
6582
6583 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6584
6585 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6586 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6587 break;
6588
6589 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6590 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6591 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6592 break;
6593
6594 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6595 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6596 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6597 {
6598 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6599 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6600 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6601 }
6602 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6603 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6604 {
6605 unsigned int size;
6606 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6607 {
6608 default:
6609 abort ();
6610 case QUAD:
6611 case SQUAD:
6612 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6613 break;
6614 case LONG:
6615 size = LONG_SIZE;
6616 break;
6617 case SHORT:
6618 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6619 break;
6620 case BYTE:
6621 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6622 break;
6623 }
6624 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6625 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6626 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6627 }
6628 break;
6629
6630 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6631 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6632 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6633 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6634 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6635 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6636 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6637 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6638 break;
6639
6640 case lang_input_section_enum:
6641 {
6642 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6643
6644 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6645 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6646 }
6647 break;
6648
6649 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6650 break;
6651
6652 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6653 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6654 break;
6655
6656 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6657 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6658 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6659 {
6660 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6661
6662 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6663 prefer_next_section = true;
6664
6665 while (*p == '_')
6666 ++p;
6667 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6668 *found_end = true;
6669 }
6670 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6671 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6672 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6673 &dot);
6674 break;
6675
6676 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6677 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6678 break;
6679
6680 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6681 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6682 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6683 break;
6684
6685 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6686 break;
6687
6688 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6689 break;
6690
6691 default:
6692 FAIL ();
6693 break;
6694 }
6695 }
6696 return dot;
6697 }
6698
6699 void
6700 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6701 {
6702 bool found_end = false;
6703
6704 current_section = NULL;
6705 prefer_next_section = false;
6706 expld.phase = phase;
6707 lang_statement_iteration++;
6708 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6709 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6710 }
6711
6712 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6713 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6714 of "dot". */
6715
6716 asection *
6717 section_for_dot (void)
6718 {
6719 asection *s;
6720
6721 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6722 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6723 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6724 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6725 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6726 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6727 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6728 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6729 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6730 {
6731 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6732 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6733
6734 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6735 stmt != NULL;
6736 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6737 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6738 break;
6739
6740 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6741 while (os != NULL
6742 && !os->after_end
6743 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6744 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6745 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6746 os->bfd_section)))
6747 os = os->next;
6748
6749 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6750 {
6751 if (os != NULL)
6752 s = os->bfd_section;
6753 else
6754 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6755 while (s != NULL
6756 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6757 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6758 s = s->prev;
6759 if (s != NULL)
6760 return s;
6761
6762 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6763 }
6764 }
6765
6766 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6767
6768 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6769 while (s != NULL
6770 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6771 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6772 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6773 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6774 s = s->prev;
6775 if (s == NULL)
6776 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6777 while (s != NULL
6778 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6779 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6780 s = s->next;
6781 if (s != NULL)
6782 return s;
6783
6784 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6785 }
6786
6787 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6788
6789 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6790 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6791 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6792
6793 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6794 to start_stop_syms. */
6795
6796 static void
6797 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6798 {
6799 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6800
6801 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6802 if (h != NULL)
6803 {
6804 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6805 {
6806 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6807 start_stop_syms
6808 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6809 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6810 }
6811 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6812 }
6813 }
6814
6815 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6816 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6817 preliminary definitions. */
6818
6819 static void
6820 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6821 {
6822 bfd *abfd;
6823 asection *s;
6824 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6825
6826 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6827 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6828 {
6829 const char *ps;
6830 const char *secname = s->name;
6831
6832 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6833 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6834 break;
6835 if (*ps == '\0')
6836 {
6837 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6838
6839 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6840 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6841 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6842
6843 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6844 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6845 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6846
6847 free (symbol);
6848 }
6849 }
6850 }
6851
6852 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6853
6854 static void
6855 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6856 {
6857 size_t i;
6858
6859 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6860 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6861 }
6862
6863 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6864 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6865 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6866 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6867 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6868
6869 static void
6870 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6871 {
6872 if (h->ldscript_def)
6873 return;
6874
6875 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6876 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6877 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6878 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6879 {
6880 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6881 h->u.def.section->name);
6882 if (sec != NULL)
6883 {
6884 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6885 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6886 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6887 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6888 if there is still an output section with section name
6889 SECNAME. */
6890 asection *i;
6891 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6892 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6893 {
6894 h->u.def.section = i;
6895 return;
6896 }
6897 }
6898 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6899 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6900 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
6901 {
6902 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6903 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6904 unsigned int was_forced = eh->forced_local;
6905
6906 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
6907 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, eh, true);
6908 if (!eh->ref_regular_nonweak)
6909 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
6910 eh->def_regular = 0;
6911 eh->forced_local = was_forced;
6912 }
6913 }
6914 }
6915
6916 static void
6917 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6918 {
6919 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6923 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6924 preliminary definitions. */
6925
6926 static void
6927 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6928 {
6929 asection *s;
6930
6931 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6932 {
6933 const char *secname = s->name;
6934 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6935
6936 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6937 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6938
6939 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6940 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6941 free (symbol);
6942 }
6943 }
6944
6945 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6946
6947 static void
6948 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6949 {
6950 if (h->ldscript_def
6951 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6952 return;
6953
6954 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6955 {
6956 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6957 .startof. already has final value. */
6958 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6959 {
6960 /* .sizeof. */
6961 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6962 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6963 }
6964 }
6965 else
6966 {
6967 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6968 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6969
6970 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6971 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6972 {
6973 /* __stop_ */
6974 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6975 }
6976 }
6977 }
6978
6979 static void
6980 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6981 {
6982 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6983 }
6984
6985 static void
6986 lang_symbol_tweaks (void)
6987 {
6988 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
6989 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
6990 be done before lang_do_assignments. */
6991 if (config.build_constructors)
6992 lang_init_start_stop ();
6993
6994 /* Make __ehdr_start hidden, and set def_regular even though it is
6995 likely undefined at this stage. For lang_check_relocs. */
6996 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash)
6997 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6998 {
6999 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
7000 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, "__ehdr_start",
7001 false, false, true);
7002
7003 /* Only adjust the export class if the symbol was referenced
7004 and not defined, otherwise leave it alone. */
7005 if (h != NULL
7006 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
7007 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
7008 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7009 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
7010 {
7011 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7012 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
7013 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, h, true);
7014 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_INTERNAL)
7015 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
7016 h->def_regular = 1;
7017 h->root.linker_def = 1;
7018 }
7019 }
7020 }
7021
7022 static void
7023 lang_end (void)
7024 {
7025 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
7026 bool warn;
7027
7028 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
7029 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
7030 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
7031 else
7032 warn = true;
7033
7034 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
7035 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
7036 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7037 && link_info.gc_sections
7038 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
7039 {
7040 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7041
7042 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
7043 {
7044 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
7045 false, false, false);
7046 if (h != NULL
7047 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7048 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7049 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
7050 break;
7051 }
7052 if (!sym)
7053 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
7054 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
7055 }
7056
7057 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7058 {
7059 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
7060 don't warn if we don't find it. */
7061 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
7062 warn = false;
7063 }
7064
7065 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
7066 false, false, true);
7067 if (h != NULL
7068 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7069 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7070 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
7071 {
7072 bfd_vma val;
7073
7074 val = (h->u.def.value
7075 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
7076 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
7077 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7078 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
7079 }
7080 else
7081 {
7082 bfd_vma val;
7083 const char *send;
7084
7085 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
7086 number. */
7087 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
7088 if (*send == '\0')
7089 {
7090 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7091 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7092 }
7093 /* BZ 2004952: Only use the start of the entry section for executables. */
7094 else if bfd_link_executable (&link_info)
7095 {
7096 asection *ts;
7097
7098 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
7099 the first address in the text section. */
7100 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
7101 if (ts != NULL)
7102 {
7103 if (warn)
7104 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7105 " defaulting to %V\n"),
7106 entry_symbol.name,
7107 bfd_section_vma (ts));
7108 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
7109 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
7110 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7111 }
7112 else
7113 {
7114 if (warn)
7115 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7116 " not setting start address\n"),
7117 entry_symbol.name);
7118 }
7119 }
7120 else
7121 {
7122 if (warn)
7123 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7124 " not setting start address\n"),
7125 entry_symbol.name);
7126 }
7127 }
7128 }
7129
7130 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
7131 BFD. */
7132
7133 static void
7134 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7135 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7136 {
7137 /* Don't do anything. */
7138 }
7139
7140 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
7141 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
7142 other checking that is needed. */
7143
7144 static void
7145 lang_check (void)
7146 {
7147 lang_input_statement_type *file;
7148 bfd *input_bfd;
7149 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
7150
7151 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
7152 file != NULL;
7153 file = file->next)
7154 {
7155 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7156 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
7157 if (file->flags.claimed)
7158 continue;
7159 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7160 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
7161 compatible
7162 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
7163 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
7164
7165 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
7166 link between differing object formats when the input
7167 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
7168 input format may not have equivalent representations in
7169 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
7170 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
7171 if (!file->flags.just_syms
7172 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7173 || link_info.emitrelocations)
7174 && (compatible == NULL
7175 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
7176 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
7177 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
7178 {
7179 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
7180 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7181 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7182 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7183 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7184 }
7185
7186 if (compatible == NULL)
7187 {
7188 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7189 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7190 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7191 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7192 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7193 }
7194
7195 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7196 private data of the output bfd. */
7197 else if (!file->flags.just_syms
7198 && ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7199 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0))
7200 {
7201 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7202
7203 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7204 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7205 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7206 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7207 information which is needed in the output file. */
7208 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7209 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7210 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7211 {
7212 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7213 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7214 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7215 }
7216 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7217 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7218 }
7219 }
7220 }
7221
7222 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7223 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7224 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7225
7226 static void
7227 lang_common (void)
7228 {
7229 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7230 return;
7231 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7232 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7233 return;
7234
7235 if (!config.sort_common)
7236 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7237 else
7238 {
7239 unsigned int power;
7240
7241 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7242 {
7243 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7244 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7245
7246 power = 0;
7247 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7248 }
7249 else
7250 {
7251 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7252 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7253
7254 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7255 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7256 }
7257 }
7258 }
7259
7260 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7261
7262 static bool
7263 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7264 {
7265 unsigned int power_of_two;
7266 bfd_vma size;
7267 asection *section;
7268
7269 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7270 return true;
7271
7272 size = h->u.c.size;
7273 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7274
7275 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7276 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7277 return true;
7278 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7279 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7280 return true;
7281
7282 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7283 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7284 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7285 h->root.string);
7286
7287 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7288 {
7289 static bool header_printed;
7290 int len;
7291 char *name;
7292 char buf[50];
7293
7294 if (!header_printed)
7295 {
7296 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7297 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7298 header_printed = true;
7299 }
7300
7301 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7302 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7303 if (name == NULL)
7304 {
7305 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7306 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7307 }
7308 else
7309 {
7310 minfo ("%s", name);
7311 len = strlen (name);
7312 free (name);
7313 }
7314
7315 if (len >= 19)
7316 {
7317 print_nl ();
7318 len = 0;
7319 }
7320 while (len < 20)
7321 {
7322 print_space ();
7323 ++len;
7324 }
7325
7326 minfo ("0x");
7327 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7328 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7329 else
7330 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7331 minfo ("%s", buf);
7332 len = strlen (buf);
7333
7334 while (len < 16)
7335 {
7336 print_space ();
7337 ++len;
7338 }
7339
7340 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7341 }
7342
7343 return true;
7344 }
7345
7346 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7347 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7348 option are handled here. */
7349
7350 static void
7351 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7352 {
7353 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7354 {
7355 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7356 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
7357 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7358 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7359 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7360 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7361 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7362 }
7363 else
7364 {
7365 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7366 const char *name = s->name;
7367 int constraint = 0;
7368
7369 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7370 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7371 s, s->owner);
7372
7373 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7374 constraint = SPECIAL;
7375
7376 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7377 if (os == NULL)
7378 {
7379 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, 1);
7380 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7381 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7382 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7383 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7384 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7385 }
7386
7387 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7388 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7389 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7390 s, s->owner, os->name);
7391 }
7392 }
7393
7394 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7395 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7396 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7397
7398 static void
7399 lang_place_orphans (void)
7400 {
7401 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7402 {
7403 asection *s;
7404
7405 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7406 {
7407 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7408 {
7409 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7410 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7411
7412 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7413 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7414 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7415 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7416 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7417 {
7418 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7419 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7420 with the wildcard. */
7421 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7422 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7423 {
7424 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7425 default_common_section
7426 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 1);
7427 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7428 NULL, NULL, default_common_section);
7429 }
7430 }
7431 else
7432 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7433 }
7434 }
7435 }
7436 }
7437
7438 void
7439 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7440 {
7441 flagword *ptr_flags;
7442
7443 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7444
7445 while (*flags)
7446 {
7447 switch (*flags)
7448 {
7449 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7450 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7451 case '!':
7452 invert = !invert;
7453 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7454 break;
7455
7456 case 'A': case 'a':
7457 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7458 break;
7459
7460 case 'R': case 'r':
7461 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7462 break;
7463
7464 case 'W': case 'w':
7465 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7466 break;
7467
7468 case 'X': case 'x':
7469 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7470 break;
7471
7472 case 'L': case 'l':
7473 case 'I': case 'i':
7474 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7475 break;
7476
7477 default:
7478 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7479 *flags, *flags);
7480 break;
7481 }
7482 flags++;
7483 }
7484 }
7485
7486 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7487 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7488
7489 void
7490 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7491 {
7492 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7493
7494 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7495 f != NULL;
7496 f = f->next_real_file)
7497 if (f->flags.real)
7498 func (f);
7499 }
7500
7501 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7502 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7503 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7504
7505 void
7506 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7507 {
7508 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7509 {
7510 if (f->flags.real)
7511 func (f);
7512 }
7513 }
7514
7515 void
7516 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7517 {
7518 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7519
7520 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7521 a link. */
7522 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7523 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7524 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7525
7526 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7527 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7528 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7529 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7530
7531 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7532 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7533 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7534 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7535 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7536 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7537 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7538 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7539 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7540
7541 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7542 }
7543
7544 void
7545 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7546 {
7547 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7548 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7549 {
7550 output_filename = name;
7551 had_output_filename = true;
7552 }
7553 }
7554
7555 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7556 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7557 etree_type *address_exp,
7558 enum section_type sectype,
7559 etree_type *align,
7560 etree_type *subalign,
7561 etree_type *ebase,
7562 int constraint,
7563 int align_with_input)
7564 {
7565 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7566
7567 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7568 constraint, 2);
7569 current_section = os;
7570
7571 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7572 {
7573 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7574 }
7575 os->sectype = sectype;
7576 if (sectype != noload_section)
7577 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7578 else
7579 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7580 os->block_value = 1;
7581
7582 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7583 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7584
7585 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7586 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7587 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7588 NULL);
7589
7590 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7591 os->section_alignment = align;
7592
7593 os->load_base = ebase;
7594 return os;
7595 }
7596
7597 void
7598 lang_final (void)
7599 {
7600 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7601
7602 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7603 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7604 }
7605
7606 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7607
7608 void
7609 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7610 {
7611 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7612 asection *o;
7613 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7614
7615 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7616 {
7617 p->current = p->origin;
7618 p->last_os = NULL;
7619 }
7620
7621 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7622 os != NULL;
7623 os = os->next)
7624 {
7625 os->processed_vma = false;
7626 os->processed_lma = false;
7627 }
7628
7629 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7630 {
7631 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7632 o->rawsize = o->size;
7633 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7634 o->size = 0;
7635 }
7636 }
7637
7638 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7639
7640 static void
7641 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7642 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7643 asection *section,
7644 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7645 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7646 {
7647 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7648 should be as well. */
7649 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7650 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7651 }
7652
7653 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7654
7655 static void
7656 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7657 {
7658 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7659 {
7660 switch (s->header.type)
7661 {
7662 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7663 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7664 break;
7665 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7666 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7667 break;
7668 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7669 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7670 break;
7671 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7672 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7673 break;
7674 default:
7675 break;
7676 }
7677 }
7678 }
7679
7680 static void
7681 lang_gc_sections (void)
7682 {
7683 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7684 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7685
7686 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7687 the special case of .stabstr debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7688 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7689 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7690 {
7691 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7692 {
7693 asection *sec;
7694 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7695 if (f->flags.claimed)
7696 continue;
7697 #endif
7698 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7699 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0
7700 || strcmp (sec->name, ".stabstr") != 0)
7701 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7702 }
7703 }
7704
7705 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7706 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7707 }
7708
7709 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7710
7711 static void
7712 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7713 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7714 asection *section,
7715 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7716 void *data)
7717 {
7718 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7719 size. */
7720 if (section->output_section != NULL
7721 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7722 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7723 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7724 && section->size != 0)
7725 {
7726 bool *has_relro_section = (bool *) data;
7727 *has_relro_section = true;
7728 }
7729 }
7730
7731 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7732
7733 static void
7734 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7735 seg_align_type *seg,
7736 bool *has_relro_section)
7737 {
7738 if (*has_relro_section)
7739 return;
7740
7741 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7742 {
7743 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7744 break;
7745
7746 switch (s->header.type)
7747 {
7748 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7749 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7750 find_relro_section_callback,
7751 has_relro_section);
7752 break;
7753 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7754 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7755 seg, has_relro_section);
7756 break;
7757 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7758 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7759 seg, has_relro_section);
7760 break;
7761 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7762 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7763 seg, has_relro_section);
7764 break;
7765 default:
7766 break;
7767 }
7768 }
7769 }
7770
7771 static void
7772 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7773 {
7774 bool has_relro_section = false;
7775
7776 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7777
7778 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7779 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7780
7781 if (!has_relro_section)
7782 link_info.relro = false;
7783 }
7784
7785 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7786
7787 void
7788 lang_relax_sections (bool need_layout)
7789 {
7790 /* NB: Also enable relaxation to layout sections for DT_RELR. */
7791 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED || link_info.enable_dt_relr)
7792 {
7793 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7794 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7795
7796 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7797 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7798
7799 while (i--)
7800 {
7801 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7802 bool relax_again;
7803
7804 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7805 do
7806 {
7807 link_info.relax_trip++;
7808
7809 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7810 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7811 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7812
7813 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7814 section sizes. */
7815 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7816
7817 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7818 size. */
7819 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7820
7821 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7822 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7823 relax_again = false;
7824 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, false);
7825 }
7826 while (relax_again);
7827
7828 link_info.relax_pass++;
7829 }
7830 need_layout = true;
7831 }
7832
7833 if (need_layout)
7834 {
7835 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7836 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7837 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7838 lang_size_sections (NULL, true);
7839 }
7840 }
7841
7842 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7843 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7844 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7845 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7846 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7847 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7848 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7849 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7850 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7851 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7852 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7853
7854 static lang_input_statement_type *
7855 find_replacements_insert_point (bool *before)
7856 {
7857 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7858 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7859 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7860 claim1 != NULL;
7861 claim1 = claim1->next)
7862 {
7863 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7864 {
7865 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7866 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7867 }
7868 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7869 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7870 lastobject = claim1;
7871 }
7872 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7873 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7874 insert point. */
7875 *before = false;
7876 return lastobject;
7877 }
7878
7879 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7880 added during a rescan. */
7881
7882 static lang_input_statement_type **
7883 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7884 {
7885 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7886 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7887 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7888 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7889 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7890
7891 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7892 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7893
7894 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7895 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7896 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7897 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7898 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7899 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7900 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7901 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7902 f != NULL;
7903 f = f->next_real_file)
7904 {
7905 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7906 {
7907 before = last_loaded;
7908 if (f->next != NULL)
7909 return &f->next->next;
7910 }
7911 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7912 last_loaded = f;
7913 }
7914
7915 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7916 *iter != NULL;
7917 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7918 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7919 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7920 break;
7921
7922 return iter;
7923 }
7924
7925 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7926 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7927 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7928
7929 static void
7930 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7931 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7932 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7933 {
7934 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7935 *field = srclist->head;
7936 if (destlist->tail == field)
7937 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7938 }
7939
7940 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7941 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7942
7943 static void
7944 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7945 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7946 {
7947 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7948 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7949 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7950 savetail = origlist->tail;
7951 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7952 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7953 destlist->tail = savetail;
7954 *savetail = NULL;
7955 }
7956
7957 static lang_statement_union_type **
7958 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7959 {
7960 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7961 {
7962 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7963 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7964 {
7965 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7966 return s;
7967 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7968 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7969 break;
7970 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7971 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7972 break;
7973 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7974 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7975 break;
7976 default:
7977 continue;
7978 }
7979 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7980 if (*t)
7981 return t;
7982 }
7983 return s;
7984 }
7985 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7986
7987 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7988
7989 void
7990 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7991 {
7992 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7993
7994 if (name == NULL)
7995 return;
7996
7997 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7998
7999 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
8000 sym->name = name;
8001 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
8002 }
8003
8004 /* Check relocations. */
8005
8006 static void
8007 lang_check_relocs (void)
8008 {
8009 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
8010 {
8011 bfd *abfd;
8012
8013 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
8014 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
8015 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
8016 {
8017 /* No object output, fail return. */
8018 config.make_executable = false;
8019 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
8020 continue the scan in case there are other
8021 bad relocations to report. */
8022 }
8023 }
8024 }
8025
8026 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
8027 propagate forward the lma region. */
8028
8029 static void
8030 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
8031 {
8032 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8033
8034 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8035 os != NULL;
8036 os = os->next)
8037 {
8038 if (os->prev != NULL
8039 && os->lma_region == NULL
8040 && os->load_base == NULL
8041 && os->addr_tree == NULL
8042 && os->region == os->prev->region)
8043 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
8044 }
8045 }
8046
8047 void
8048 lang_process (void)
8049 {
8050 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
8051 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8052 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
8053
8054 current_target = default_target;
8055
8056 /* Open the output file. */
8057 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
8058 init_opb (NULL);
8059
8060 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
8061
8062 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
8063 lang_place_undefineds ();
8064
8065 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
8066 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
8067
8068 /* A first pass through the memory regions ensures that if any region
8069 references a symbol for its origin or length then this symbol will be
8070 added to the symbol table. Having these symbols in the symbol table
8071 means that when we call open_input_bfds PROVIDE statements will
8072 trigger to provide any needed symbols. The regions origins and
8073 lengths are not assigned as a result of this call. */
8074 lang_do_memory_regions (false);
8075
8076 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
8077 current_target = default_target;
8078 lang_statement_iteration++;
8079 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8080
8081 /* Now that open_input_bfds has processed assignments and provide
8082 statements we can give values to symbolic origin/length now. */
8083 lang_do_memory_regions (true);
8084
8085 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
8086 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
8087 {
8088 lang_statement_list_type added;
8089 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
8090
8091 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
8092 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
8093 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
8094 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
8095 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
8096 file. */
8097 added = *stat_ptr;
8098 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
8099 files = file_chain;
8100 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
8101 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
8102 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
8103 plugin_error_plugin ());
8104 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = true;
8105 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
8106 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
8107 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8108 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
8109 plugin_undefs = NULL;
8110 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
8111 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
8112 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
8113 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8114 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
8115 /* Were any new files added? */
8116 if (added.head != NULL)
8117 {
8118 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
8119 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
8120 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
8121 immediately before. */
8122 bool before;
8123 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
8124 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
8125 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
8126 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
8127 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
8128 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
8129 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
8130 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
8131 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8132 if (before)
8133 {
8134 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
8135 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
8136 {
8137 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
8138 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
8139 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8140 }
8141 }
8142 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
8143 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
8144 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
8145 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
8146 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
8147 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
8148 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
8149 if (plugin_insert->filename)
8150 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
8151 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
8152 else
8153 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
8154
8155 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
8156 files = file_chain;
8157 lang_statement_iteration++;
8158 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
8159 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8160 while (files.head != NULL)
8161 {
8162 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
8163 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
8164 bfd *my_arch;
8165
8166 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
8167 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
8168 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
8169 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
8170 if (my_arch != NULL)
8171 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
8172 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
8173 break;
8174 temp = *insert;
8175 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
8176 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
8177 *iter = temp;
8178 if (my_arch != NULL)
8179 {
8180 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
8181 if (parent != NULL)
8182 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
8183 ((char *) iter
8184 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
8185 }
8186 }
8187 }
8188 }
8189 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8190
8191 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
8192 before now. */
8193 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
8194
8195 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
8196
8197 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8198 {
8199 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8200
8201 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
8202 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8203 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8204 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8205 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8206 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8207 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8208 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8209 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8210 }
8211
8212 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8213 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8214
8215 ldemul_after_open ();
8216 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8217 lang_print_asneeded ();
8218
8219 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8220
8221 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8222
8223 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8224 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8225 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8226 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8227 link. */
8228 lang_check ();
8229
8230 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8231 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8232 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8233
8234 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8235 files. */
8236 ldctor_build_sets ();
8237
8238 lang_symbol_tweaks ();
8239
8240 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8241 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8242 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8243 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8244
8245 /* Size up the common data. */
8246 lang_common ();
8247
8248 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8249 lang_gc_sections ();
8250
8251 lang_mark_undefineds ();
8252
8253 /* Check relocations. */
8254 lang_check_relocs ();
8255
8256 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8257
8258 /* Update wild statements. */
8259 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8260
8261 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8262 to the correct output sections. */
8263 lang_statement_iteration++;
8264 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8265
8266 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8267 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8268 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8269
8270 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8271
8272 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8273 lang_place_orphans ();
8274
8275 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8276 {
8277 asection *found;
8278
8279 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8280 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8281 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8282 is hard then. */
8283 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8284
8285 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8286 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8287
8288 if (found != NULL)
8289 {
8290 if (config.text_read_only)
8291 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8292 else
8293 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8294 }
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8298 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8299 lang_merge_ctf ();
8300
8301 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8302 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8303 lang_write_ctf (0);
8304
8305 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8306 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8307
8308 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8309 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8310 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8311 if (config.build_constructors)
8312 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8313
8314 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8315 dynamic symbols are created. */
8316 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8317 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8318
8319 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8320 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8321 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8322
8323 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8324 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8325 lang_record_phdrs ();
8326
8327 /* Check relro sections. */
8328 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8329 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8330
8331 /* Size up the sections. */
8332 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8333
8334 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8335 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8336 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8337
8338 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8339 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8340
8341 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8342 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8343 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8344 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8345 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8346 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8347
8348 ldemul_finish ();
8349
8350 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8351 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8352
8353 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8354 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8355 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8356
8357 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8358 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8359
8360 lang_end ();
8361 }
8362
8363 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8364
8365 void
8366 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8367 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8368 bool keep_sections)
8369 {
8370 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8371 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8372
8373 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8374 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8375 curr != NULL;
8376 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8377 {
8378 next = curr->next;
8379 curr->next = section_list;
8380 }
8381
8382 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8383 {
8384 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8385 filespec->name = NULL;
8386 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8387 lang_has_input_file = true;
8388 }
8389
8390 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8391 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8392 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = false;
8393 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8394 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8395 if (filespec != NULL)
8396 {
8397 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8398 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8399 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8400 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8401 }
8402 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8403 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8404 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8405 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8406 }
8407
8408 void
8409 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8410 const segment_type *segment)
8411 {
8412 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8413
8414 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8415 ad->section_name = name;
8416 ad->address = address;
8417 ad->segment = segment;
8418 }
8419
8420 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8421 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8422 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8423 precedence. */
8424
8425 void
8426 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bool cmdline)
8427 {
8428 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8429 || cmdline
8430 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8431 {
8432 entry_symbol.name = name;
8433 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8434 }
8435 }
8436
8437 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8438 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8439 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8440 must be permanently allocated. */
8441 void
8442 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8443 {
8444 entry_symbol_default = name;
8445 }
8446
8447 void
8448 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8449 {
8450 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8451
8452 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8453 new_stmt->target = name;
8454 }
8455
8456 void
8457 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8458 {
8459 while (*name)
8460 {
8461 switch (*name)
8462 {
8463 case 'F':
8464 map_option_f = true;
8465 break;
8466 }
8467 name++;
8468 }
8469 }
8470
8471 void
8472 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8473 {
8474 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8475
8476 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8477 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8478 }
8479
8480 void
8481 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8482 {
8483 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8484
8485 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8486 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8487 new_stmt->type = type;
8488 }
8489
8490 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8491 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8492 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8493 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8494 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8495 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8496
8497 void
8498 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8499 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8500 asection *section,
8501 const char *name,
8502 union etree_union *addend)
8503 {
8504 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8505
8506 p->reloc = reloc;
8507 p->howto = howto;
8508 p->section = section;
8509 p->name = name;
8510 p->addend_exp = addend;
8511
8512 p->addend_value = 0;
8513 p->output_section = NULL;
8514 p->output_offset = 0;
8515 }
8516
8517 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8518 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8519 {
8520 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8521
8522 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8523 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8524 return new_stmt;
8525 }
8526
8527 void
8528 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8529 {
8530 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8531 }
8532
8533 void
8534 lang_startup (const char *name)
8535 {
8536 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8537 {
8538 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8539 }
8540 first_file->filename = name;
8541 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8542 first_file->flags.real = true;
8543 }
8544
8545 void
8546 lang_float (bool maybe)
8547 {
8548 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8549 }
8550
8551
8552 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8553 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8554
8555 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8556 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8557 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8558 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8559 had an explicit load address.
8560
8561 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8562
8563 static void
8564 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8565 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8566 const char *memspec,
8567 const char *lma_memspec,
8568 bool have_lma,
8569 bool have_vma)
8570 {
8571 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, false);
8572
8573 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8574 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8575 as well. */
8576 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8577 && !have_vma
8578 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8579 *region = *lma_region;
8580 else
8581 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, false);
8582
8583 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8584 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8585 NULL);
8586 }
8587
8588 void
8589 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8590 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8591 const char *lma_memspec)
8592 {
8593 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8594 &current_section->lma_region,
8595 memspec, lma_memspec,
8596 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8597 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8598
8599 current_section->fill = fill;
8600 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8601 pop_stat_ptr ();
8602 }
8603
8604 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8605
8606 void
8607 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8608 const char *big,
8609 const char *little,
8610 int from_script)
8611 {
8612 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8613 {
8614 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8615 && big != NULL)
8616 format = big;
8617 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8618 && little != NULL)
8619 format = little;
8620
8621 output_target = format;
8622 }
8623 }
8624
8625 void
8626 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8627 {
8628 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8629
8630 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8631 new_stmt->where = where;
8632 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8633 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8634 }
8635
8636 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8637 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8638
8639 void
8640 lang_enter_group (void)
8641 {
8642 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8643
8644 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8645 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8646 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8647 }
8648
8649 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8650 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8651 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8652 but currently they can't. */
8653
8654 void
8655 lang_leave_group (void)
8656 {
8657 pop_stat_ptr ();
8658 }
8659
8660 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8661 command in a linker script. */
8662
8663 void
8664 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8665 etree_type *type,
8666 bool filehdr,
8667 bool phdrs,
8668 etree_type *at,
8669 etree_type *flags)
8670 {
8671 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8672 bool hdrs;
8673
8674 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8675 n->next = NULL;
8676 n->name = name;
8677 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8678 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8679 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8680 n->at = at;
8681 n->flags = flags;
8682
8683 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8684
8685 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8686 if (hdrs
8687 && (*pp)->type == 1
8688 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8689 {
8690 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8691 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8692 hdrs = false;
8693 }
8694
8695 *pp = n;
8696 }
8697
8698 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8699 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8700
8701 static void
8702 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8703 {
8704 unsigned int alc;
8705 asection **secs;
8706 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8707 struct lang_phdr *l;
8708 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8709
8710 alc = 10;
8711 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8712 last = NULL;
8713
8714 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8715 {
8716 unsigned int c;
8717 flagword flags;
8718 bfd_vma at;
8719
8720 c = 0;
8721 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8722 os != NULL;
8723 os = os->next)
8724 {
8725 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8726
8727 if (os->constraint < 0)
8728 continue;
8729
8730 pl = os->phdrs;
8731 if (pl != NULL)
8732 last = pl;
8733 else
8734 {
8735 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8736 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8737 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8738 continue;
8739
8740 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8741 if (l->type == 3)
8742 continue;
8743
8744 if (last == NULL)
8745 {
8746 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8747
8748 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8749 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8750 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8751 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8752 header and there are sections in that script which are
8753 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8754 use of that header. See here for more details:
8755 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8756 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8757 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8758 {
8759 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8760 break;
8761 }
8762 if (last == NULL)
8763 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8764 }
8765 pl = last;
8766 }
8767
8768 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8769 continue;
8770
8771 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8772 {
8773 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8774 {
8775 if (c >= alc)
8776 {
8777 alc *= 2;
8778 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8779 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8780 }
8781 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8782 ++c;
8783 pl->used = true;
8784 }
8785 }
8786 }
8787
8788 if (l->flags == NULL)
8789 flags = 0;
8790 else
8791 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8792
8793 if (l->at == NULL)
8794 at = 0;
8795 else
8796 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8797
8798 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8799 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8800 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8801 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8802 }
8803
8804 free (secs);
8805
8806 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8807 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8808 os != NULL;
8809 os = os->next)
8810 {
8811 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8812
8813 if (os->constraint < 0
8814 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8815 continue;
8816
8817 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8818 pl != NULL;
8819 pl = pl->next)
8820 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8821 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8822 os->name, pl->name);
8823 }
8824 }
8825
8826 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8827
8828 void
8829 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8830 {
8831 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8832
8833 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8834 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8835 n->list = l;
8836 n->onlyfirst = false;
8837 nocrossref_list = n;
8838
8839 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8840 link_info.notice_all = true;
8841 }
8842
8843 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8844
8845 void
8846 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8847 {
8848 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8849 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = true;
8850 }
8851 \f
8852 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8853
8854 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8855 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8856 /* And subsection alignment. */
8857 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8858
8859 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8860 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8861
8862 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8863
8864 struct overlay_list {
8865 struct overlay_list *next;
8866 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8867 };
8868
8869 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8870
8871 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8872
8873 void
8874 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8875 {
8876 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8877 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8878 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8879 && overlay_max == NULL);
8880
8881 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8882 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8883 }
8884
8885 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8886 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8887 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8888
8889 void
8890 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8891 {
8892 struct overlay_list *n;
8893 etree_type *size;
8894
8895 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8896 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8897
8898 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8899 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8900 used in the addresses. */
8901 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8902 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8903
8904 /* Remember the section. */
8905 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8906 n->os = current_section;
8907 n->next = overlay_list;
8908 overlay_list = n;
8909
8910 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8911
8912 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8913 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8914 overlay_max = size;
8915 else
8916 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8917 }
8918
8919 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8920 here. */
8921
8922 void
8923 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8924 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8925 {
8926 const char *name;
8927 char *clean, *s2;
8928 const char *s1;
8929 char *buf;
8930
8931 name = current_section->name;
8932
8933 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8934 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8935 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8936 override it. */
8937 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8938
8939 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8940
8941 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8942 s2 = clean;
8943 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8944 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8945 *s2++ = *s1;
8946 *s2 = '\0';
8947
8948 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8949 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8950 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8951 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8952 false));
8953
8954 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8955 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8956 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8957 exp_binop ('+',
8958 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8959 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8960 false));
8961
8962 free (clean);
8963 }
8964
8965 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8966 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8967
8968 void
8969 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8970 int nocrossrefs,
8971 fill_type *fill,
8972 const char *memspec,
8973 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8974 const char *lma_memspec)
8975 {
8976 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8977 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8978 struct overlay_list *l;
8979 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8980
8981 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8982 memspec, lma_memspec,
8983 lma_expr != NULL, false);
8984
8985 nocrossref = NULL;
8986
8987 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8988 overlay region. */
8989 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8990 {
8991 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8992 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8993 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), false);
8994 }
8995
8996 l = overlay_list;
8997 while (l != NULL)
8998 {
8999 struct overlay_list *next;
9000
9001 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
9002 l->os->fill = fill;
9003
9004 l->os->region = region;
9005 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
9006
9007 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
9008 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
9009 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
9010 an LMA region was specified. */
9011 if (l->next == 0)
9012 {
9013 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
9014 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
9015 }
9016 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
9017 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
9018
9019 if (nocrossrefs)
9020 {
9021 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
9022
9023 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
9024 nc->name = l->os->name;
9025 nc->next = nocrossref;
9026 nocrossref = nc;
9027 }
9028
9029 next = l->next;
9030 free (l);
9031 l = next;
9032 }
9033
9034 if (nocrossref != NULL)
9035 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
9036
9037 overlay_vma = NULL;
9038 overlay_list = NULL;
9039 overlay_max = NULL;
9040 overlay_subalign = NULL;
9041 }
9042 \f
9043 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
9044
9045 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
9046 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
9047 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
9048
9049 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9050 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
9051 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
9052 const char *sym)
9053 {
9054 const char *c_sym;
9055 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
9056 const char *java_sym = sym;
9057 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
9058 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
9059
9060 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
9061 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
9062 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
9063 if (!c_sym)
9064 c_sym = sym;
9065 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
9066
9067 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9068 {
9069 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
9070 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
9071 if (!cxx_sym)
9072 cxx_sym = sym;
9073 }
9074 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9075 {
9076 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
9077 if (!java_sym)
9078 java_sym = sym;
9079 }
9080
9081 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
9082 {
9083 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
9084
9085 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
9086 {
9087 case 0:
9088 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9089 {
9090 e.pattern = c_sym;
9091 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9092 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9093 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
9094 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9095 goto out_ret;
9096 else
9097 expr = expr->next;
9098 }
9099 /* Fallthrough */
9100 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
9101 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9102 {
9103 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
9104 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9105 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9106 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
9107 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9108 goto out_ret;
9109 else
9110 expr = expr->next;
9111 }
9112 /* Fallthrough */
9113 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
9114 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9115 {
9116 e.pattern = java_sym;
9117 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9118 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9119 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
9120 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9121 goto out_ret;
9122 else
9123 expr = expr->next;
9124 }
9125 /* Fallthrough */
9126 default:
9127 break;
9128 }
9129 }
9130
9131 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
9132 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
9133 expr = head->remaining;
9134 else
9135 expr = prev->next;
9136 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
9137 {
9138 const char *s;
9139
9140 if (!expr->pattern)
9141 continue;
9142
9143 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
9144 break;
9145
9146 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9147 s = java_sym;
9148 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9149 s = cxx_sym;
9150 else
9151 s = c_sym;
9152 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
9153 break;
9154 }
9155
9156 out_ret:
9157 if (c_sym != sym)
9158 free ((char *) c_sym);
9159 if (cxx_sym != sym)
9160 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
9161 if (java_sym != sym)
9162 free ((char *) java_sym);
9163 return expr;
9164 }
9165
9166 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
9167 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
9168
9169 static const char *
9170 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
9171 {
9172 const char *p;
9173 bool changed = false, backslash = false;
9174 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
9175
9176 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
9177 {
9178 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
9179 backslash. */
9180 if (backslash)
9181 {
9182 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
9183 *(s - 1) = *p;
9184 backslash = false;
9185 changed = true;
9186 }
9187 else
9188 {
9189 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9190 {
9191 free (symbol);
9192 return NULL;
9193 }
9194
9195 *s++ = *p;
9196 backslash = *p == '\\';
9197 }
9198 }
9199
9200 if (changed)
9201 {
9202 *s = '\0';
9203 return symbol;
9204 }
9205 else
9206 {
9207 free (symbol);
9208 return pattern;
9209 }
9210 }
9211
9212 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9213 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9214 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9215
9216 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9217 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9218 const char *new_name,
9219 const char *lang,
9220 bool literal_p)
9221 {
9222 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9223
9224 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9225 ret->next = orig;
9226 ret->symver = 0;
9227 ret->script = 0;
9228 ret->literal = true;
9229 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9230 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9231 {
9232 ret->pattern = new_name;
9233 ret->literal = false;
9234 }
9235
9236 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9237 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9238 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9239 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9240 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9241 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9242 else
9243 {
9244 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9245 lang);
9246 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9247 }
9248
9249 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9250 }
9251
9252 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9253 expressions. */
9254
9255 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9256 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9257 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9258 {
9259 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9260
9261 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9262 ret->globals.list = globals;
9263 ret->locals.list = locals;
9264 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9265 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9266 return ret;
9267 }
9268
9269 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9270
9271 static int version_index;
9272
9273 static hashval_t
9274 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9275 {
9276 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9277 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9278
9279 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9280 }
9281
9282 static int
9283 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9284 {
9285 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9286 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9287 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9288 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9289
9290 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9291 }
9292
9293 static void
9294 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9295 {
9296 size_t count = 0;
9297 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9298 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9299
9300 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9301 {
9302 if (e->literal)
9303 count++;
9304 head->mask |= e->mask;
9305 }
9306
9307 if (count)
9308 {
9309 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9310 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9311 list_loc = &head->list;
9312 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9313 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9314 {
9315 next = e->next;
9316 if (!e->literal)
9317 {
9318 *remaining_loc = e;
9319 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9320 }
9321 else
9322 {
9323 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9324
9325 if (*loc)
9326 {
9327 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9328
9329 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9330 last = NULL;
9331 do
9332 {
9333 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9334 {
9335 last = NULL;
9336 break;
9337 }
9338 last = e1;
9339 e1 = e1->next;
9340 }
9341 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9342
9343 if (last == NULL)
9344 {
9345 /* This is a duplicate. */
9346 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9347 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9348 /* free (e->pattern); */
9349 free (e);
9350 }
9351 else
9352 {
9353 e->next = last->next;
9354 last->next = e;
9355 }
9356 }
9357 else
9358 {
9359 *loc = e;
9360 *list_loc = e;
9361 list_loc = &e->next;
9362 }
9363 }
9364 }
9365 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9366 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9367 }
9368 else
9369 head->remaining = head->list;
9370 }
9371
9372 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9373 version. */
9374
9375 void
9376 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9377 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9378 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9379 {
9380 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9381 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9382
9383 if (name == NULL)
9384 name = "";
9385
9386 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9387 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9388 {
9389 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9390 " with other version tags\n"));
9391 free (version);
9392 return;
9393 }
9394
9395 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9396 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9397 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9398 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9399
9400 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9401 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9402
9403 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9404 aren't any duplicates. */
9405
9406 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9407 {
9408 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9409 {
9410 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9411
9412 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9413 {
9414 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9415 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9416 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9417 {
9418 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9419 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9420 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9421 e2 = e2->next;
9422 }
9423 }
9424 else if (!e1->literal)
9425 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9426 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9427 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9428 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9429 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9430 }
9431 }
9432
9433 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9434 {
9435 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9436 {
9437 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9438
9439 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9440 {
9441 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9442 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9443 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9444 {
9445 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9446 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9447 " in version information\n"),
9448 e1->pattern);
9449 e2 = e2->next;
9450 }
9451 }
9452 else if (!e1->literal)
9453 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9454 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9455 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9456 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9457 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9458 }
9459 }
9460
9461 version->deps = deps;
9462 version->name = name;
9463 if (name[0] != '\0')
9464 {
9465 ++version_index;
9466 version->vernum = version_index;
9467 }
9468 else
9469 version->vernum = 0;
9470
9471 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9472 ;
9473 *pp = version;
9474 }
9475
9476 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9477
9478 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9479 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9480 {
9481 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9482 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9483
9484 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9485 ret->next = list;
9486
9487 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9488 {
9489 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9490 {
9491 ret->version_needed = t;
9492 return ret;
9493 }
9494 }
9495
9496 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9497
9498 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9499 return ret;
9500 }
9501
9502 static void
9503 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9504 {
9505 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9506
9507 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9508 {
9509 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9510 char *contents, *p;
9511 bfd_size_type len;
9512
9513 if (sec == NULL)
9514 continue;
9515
9516 len = sec->size;
9517 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9518 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9519 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9520
9521 p = contents;
9522 while (p < contents + len)
9523 {
9524 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, false);
9525 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9526 }
9527
9528 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9529
9530 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9531 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9532 }
9533
9534 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, false);
9535 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9536 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9537 }
9538
9539 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec. This is initially
9540 called with UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to FALSE, in this case no errors are
9541 thrown, however, references to symbols in the origin and length fields
9542 will be pushed into the symbol table, this allows PROVIDE statements to
9543 then provide these symbols. This function is called a second time with
9544 UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to TRUE, this time the we update the actual region
9545 data structures, and throw errors if missing symbols are encountered. */
9546
9547 static void
9548 lang_do_memory_regions (bool update_regions_p)
9549 {
9550 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9551
9552 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9553 {
9554 if (r->origin_exp)
9555 {
9556 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9557 if (update_regions_p)
9558 {
9559 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9560 {
9561 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9562 r->current = r->origin;
9563 }
9564 else
9565 einfo (_("%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9566 r->name_list.name);
9567 }
9568 }
9569 if (r->length_exp)
9570 {
9571 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9572 if (update_regions_p)
9573 {
9574 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9575 r->length = expld.result.value;
9576 else
9577 einfo (_("%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9578 r->name_list.name);
9579 }
9580 }
9581 }
9582 }
9583
9584 void
9585 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9586 {
9587 struct unique_sections *ent;
9588
9589 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9590 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9591 return;
9592
9593 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9594 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9595 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9596 unique_section_list = ent;
9597 }
9598
9599 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9600
9601 void
9602 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9603 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9604 {
9605 if (*list_p)
9606 {
9607 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9608 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9609 ;
9610 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9611 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9612 }
9613 else
9614 {
9615 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9616
9617 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9618 d->head.list = dynamic;
9619 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9620 *list_p = d;
9621 }
9622 }
9623
9624 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9625 one. */
9626
9627 void
9628 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9629 {
9630 const char *symbols[] =
9631 {
9632 "typeinfo name for*",
9633 "typeinfo for*"
9634 };
9635 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9636 unsigned int i;
9637
9638 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9639 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9640 false);
9641
9642 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9643 }
9644
9645 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9646 existing one. */
9647
9648 void
9649 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9650 {
9651 const char *symbols[] =
9652 {
9653 "operator new*",
9654 "operator delete*"
9655 };
9656 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9657 unsigned int i;
9658
9659 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9660 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9661 false);
9662
9663 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9664 }
9665
9666 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9667
9668 void
9669 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9670 {
9671 char *p, *q;
9672
9673 p = str;
9674 while (*p)
9675 {
9676 char sep;
9677 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9678 ++p;
9679 if (!*p)
9680 break;
9681 q = p + 1;
9682 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9683 ++q;
9684 sep = *q;
9685 *q = 0;
9686 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9687 config.sane_expr = true;
9688 else
9689 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9690 *q = sep;
9691 p = q;
9692 }
9693 }
9694
9695 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9696
9697 static void
9698 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9699 {
9700 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9701 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9702 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9703 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9704 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9705 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9706 else
9707 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9708 }
9709
9710 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9711
9712 void
9713 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9714 {
9715 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9716
9717 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9718 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9719 {
9720 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9721
9722 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9723 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9724 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9725
9726 if (r->length != 0)
9727 {
9728 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9729 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9730 }
9731 printf ("\n");
9732 }
9733 }